iqbalrifai
/
Aegisub
mirror of https://github.com/odrling/Aegisub
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity
Aegisub/assdraw/libpropgrid/propgrid.cpp

13299 lines
376 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: propgrid.cpp
// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid
// Author: Jaakko Salli
// Modified by:
// Created: Sep-25-2004
// RCS-ID: $Id:
// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
#pragma implementation "propgrid.h"
#endif
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/object.h"
#include "wx/hash.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/log.h"
#include "wx/event.h"
#include "wx/window.h"
#include "wx/panel.h"
#include "wx/dc.h"
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
#include "wx/button.h"
#include "wx/pen.h"
#include "wx/brush.h"
#include "wx/cursor.h"
#include "wx/dialog.h"
#include "wx/settings.h"
#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
#include "wx/choice.h"
#include "wx/stattext.h"
#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
#include "wx/combobox.h"
#include "wx/layout.h"
#include "wx/sizer.h"
#include "wx/textdlg.h"
#include "wx/filedlg.h"
#include "wx/statusbr.h"
#include "wx/intl.h"
#include "wx/frame.h"
#endif
#include "wx/timer.h"
#include "wx/dcbuffer.h"
// This define is necessary to prevent macro clearing
#define __wxPG_SOURCE_FILE__
#include <wx/propgrid/propgrid.h>
#include <wx/propgrid/propdev.h>
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
#include <wx/propgrid/advprops.h>
#include <wx/propgrid/extras.h>
#endif
#if wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE
#include <wx/renderer.h>
#endif
#include <wx/propgrid/odcombo.h>
#ifdef __WXMSW__
#include <wx/msw/private.h>
#endif
// Two pics for the expand / collapse buttons.
// Files are not supplied with this project (since it is
// recommended to use either custom or native rendering).
// If you want them, get wxTreeMultiCtrl by Jorgen Bodde,
// and copy xpm files from archive to wxPropertyGrid src directory
// (and also comment/undef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH in propGrid.h
// and set wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE to 0).
#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
#if defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "mac_collapse.xpm"
#include "mac_expand.xpm"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "linux_collapse.xpm"
#include "linux_expand.xpm"
#else
#include "default_collapse.xpm"
#include "default_expand.xpm"
#endif
#endif
//#define wxPG_TEXT_INDENT 4 // For the wxComboControl
#define wxPG_ALLOW_CLIPPING 1 // If 1, GetUpdateRegion() in OnPaint event handler is not ignored
#define wxPG_GUTTER_DIV 3 // gutter is max(iconwidth/gutter_div,gutter_min)
#define wxPG_GUTTER_MIN 3 // gutter before and after image of [+] or [-]
#define wxPG_YSPACING_MIN 1
#define wxPG_BUTTON_SIZEDEC 0
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_VSPACING 2 // This matches .NET propertygrid's value,
// but causes normal combobox to spill out under MSW
#define wxPG_OPTIMAL_WIDTH 200 // Arbitrary
#define wxPG_CAPRECTXMARGIN 2 // space between caption and selection rectangle,
#define wxPG_CAPRECTYMARGIN 1 // horizontally and vertically
#define PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_LIMIT 16 // Maximum number of children summarized in a parent property's
// value field.
#define PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_CHAR_LIMIT 64 // Character limit of summary field when not editing
#define wxPG_MIN_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 10 // Smallest scrollbar width on any platform
// Must be larger than largest control border
// width * 2.
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_CURSOR wxNullCursor
#define RedrawAllVisible Refresh
//
// Here are some extra platform dependent defines.
//
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
// tested
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX 110 // default splitter position
#define wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN 0 // 1 to create controls out of sight, hide them, and then move them into correct position
#define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 0 // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20 // for wxColourProperty etc.
#define wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS 1 // If 1, then setting empty tooltip actually hides it
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 1
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 1
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 1
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRLYADJUST (m_spacingy+0)
#define wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST (-1) // Extra pixels next to wxChoice/ComboBox.
#define wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST 0 // Extra pixels above wxChoice/ComboBox.
#define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT 0 // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_XADJ 1
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_YADJ (-1)
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_WADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_HADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE 0
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
// tested
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX 110
#define wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN 0 // 1 to create controls out of sight, hide them, and then move them into correct position
#define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 1 // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20 // for wxColourProperty etc.
#define wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS 0 // If 1, then setting empty tooltip actually hides it
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X 3 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y 3 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 1
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 1
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 1
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST 2 // Extra pixels next to wxChoice/ComboBox.
#define wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT 1 // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_XADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_YADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_WADJ (-1)
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_HADJ (-1)
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE 3
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
// *not* tested
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX 110
#define wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN 0 // 1 to create controls out of sight, hide them, and then move them into correct position
#define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 0 // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20 // for wxColourProperty etc.
#define wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS 1 // If 1, then setting empty tooltip actually hides it
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 0
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 0
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 0
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRLYADJUST 3
#define wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST 0 // Extra pixels next to wxChoice/ComboBox.
#define wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT 0 // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_XADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_YADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_WADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_HADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE 0
#else
// defaults
#define wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX 110
#define wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN 0 // 1 to create controls out of sight, hide them, and then move them into correct position
#define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 1 // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20 // for wxColourProperty etc.
#define wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS 0 // If 1, then setting empty tooltip actually hides it
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y 0 // Unremovable border of native textctrl.
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 0
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 0
#define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 0
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST 0 // Extra pixels next to wxChoice/ComboBox.
#define wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT 1 // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_XADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_YADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_WADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_HADJ 0
#define wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE 0
#endif
#if wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION
#define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1 3 // this much on left
#define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2 2 // this much on right
#define wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN 0 // space between splitter and control
#else
#define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1 3 // this much on left
#define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2 2 // this much on right
#define wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN 0 // space between splitter and control
#endif
#define wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 4 // before image
#define wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2 5 // after image
#if (!wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X && !wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y)
#define wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW 0
#else
#define wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW 1
#endif
//#define wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_ANY 0
// for odcombo
#undef wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST
#define wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST 0
#undef wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST
#define wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST 0
#define wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN 30
#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY 1 // space between vertical sides of a custom image
// Use this macro to generate standard custom image height from
#define wxPG_STD_CUST_IMAGE_HEIGHT(LINEHEIGHT) (LINEHEIGHT-3)
// How many pixels between textctrl and button
#ifdef __WXMAC__
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING 8
#else
#define wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING 2
#endif
#define wxPG_HIDER_BUTTON_HEIGHT 25
// m_expanded of wxPGPropertyWithChildren is set to this code if children should
// not be deleted in destructor.
#define wxPG_EXP_OF_COPYARRAY 127
#define wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT m_lineHeight
#ifdef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
#define m_iconHeight m_iconWidth
#endif
#define wxPG_TOOLTIP_DELAY 1000
// Colour for the empty but visible space below last property.
#define wxPG_SLACK_BACKROUND m_colPropBack
// Milliseconds to wait for two mouse-ups after focus inorder
// to trigger a double-click.
#define DOUBLE_CLICK_CONVERSION_TRESHOLD 500
//
// Parenting types
enum
{
PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY = -2,
PT_FIXEDCHILDREN = -1,
PT_NONE = 0,
PT_CAPTION = 1,
PT_ROOT = 2
};
// Helper to decide which way is better (ie. first macro clears
// "unspecified" state of siblings of child properties as well, while the latter is
// more precise).
//#define CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p) wxPropertyGridState::ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags(p,wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED)
#define CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p) p->ClearFlag(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED)
#define __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__ 0
#define __PAINT_DEBUGGING__ 0
#define __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__ 0
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_INTL
void wxPropertyGrid::AutoGetTranslation ( bool enable )
{
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
wxPGGlobalVars->m_autoGetTranslation = enable;
}
#else
void wxPropertyGrid::AutoGetTranslation ( bool ) { }
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This was needed to make quicker progress towards wxPropertyGridState
#define FROM_STATE(X) m_pState->X
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if !wxCHECK_VERSION(2, 7, 1)
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#ifndef WS_EX_COMPOSITED
#define WS_EX_COMPOSITED 0x02000000L
#endif
static bool wxPGIsWindowBuffered( const wxWindow* wnd )
{
while ( wnd )
{
if ( GetWindowLong((HWND)wnd->GetHWND(), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED )
return true;
if ( wnd->IsTopLevel() )
break;
wnd = wnd->GetParent();
}
return false;
}
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
static bool wxPGIsWindowBuffered( const wxWindow* wnd )
{
return GTK_WIDGET_DOUBLE_BUFFERED(wnd->GetHandle());
}
#elif defined(__WXMAC_OSX__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) || defined(__WXDFB__)
static bool wxPGIsWindowBuffered( const wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd) )
{
return true;
}
#else
static bool wxPGIsWindowBuffered( const wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd) )
{
return false;
}
#endif
#else
static bool wxPGIsWindowBuffered( const wxWindow* wnd )
{
return wnd->IsDoubleBuffered();
}
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// DeviceContext Init Macros.
#define wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT() \
wxClientDC dc(this); \
PrepareDC(dc);
#define wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT_R(RETVAL) \
wxClientDC dc(this); \
PrepareDC(dc);
#define wxPG_PAINT_DC_INIT() \
wxPaintDC dc(this); \
PrepareDC(dc);
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// For wxMSW cursor consistency, we must do mouse capturing even
// when using custom controls.
#define BEGIN_MOUSE_CAPTURE \
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED) ) \
{ \
CaptureMouse(); \
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED; \
}
#define END_MOUSE_CAPTURE \
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED ) \
{ \
ReleaseMouse(); \
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED); \
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// NOTES
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// TODO
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//
// For Next Release:
// * Fix NULL(?) focus after odcombo closed.
//
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
const wxChar *wxPropertyGridNameStr = wxT("wxPropertyGrid");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_long = wxT("long");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_bool = wxT("bool");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_double = wxT("double");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_wxString = wxT("string");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_void = wxT("void*");
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_wxArrayString = wxT("arrstring");
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
const wxChar *wxPGTypeName_PyObject = wxT("PyObject");
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
static void wxPGDrawFocusRect( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect )
{
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
/*
RECT mswRect;
mswRect.left = rect.x;
mswRect.top = rect.y;
mswRect.right = rect.x + rect.width;
mswRect.bottom = rect.y + rect.height;
HDC hdc = (HDC) dc.GetHDC();
SetMapMode(hdc,MM_TEXT); // Just in case...
DrawFocusRect(hdc,&mswRect);
*/
// FIXME: Use DrawFocusRect code above (currently it draws solid line
// for caption focus but works ok for other stuff).
// Also, it seems that this code may not work in future wx versions.
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
wxPen pen(*wxBLACK,1,wxDOT);
pen.SetCap(wxCAP_BUTT);
dc.SetPen(pen);
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY);
#else
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
dc.SetPen(wxPen(*wxBLACK,1,wxDOT));
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY);
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Choice related methods from various classes
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::AddPropertyChoice( wxPGId id,
const wxString& label,
int value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
p->InsertChoice(label,-1,value);
}
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::InsertPropertyChoice( wxPGId id,
const wxString& label,
int index,
int value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
p->InsertChoice(label,index,value);
}
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::DeletePropertyChoice( wxPGId id,
int index )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
p->DeleteChoice(index);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Statics in one class for easy destruction.
// NB: We prefer to use wxModule, as it offers more consistent behaviour
// across platforms. However, for those rare problem situations, we
// also need to offer option to use simpler approach.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef wxPG_USE_WXMODULE
#define wxPG_USE_WXMODULE 1
#endif
#if wxPG_USE_WXMODULE
#include <wx/module.h>
class wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager : public wxModule
{
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager)
public:
wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager() {}
virtual bool OnInit() { wxPGGlobalVars = new wxPGGlobalVarsClass(); return true; }
virtual void OnExit() { delete wxPGGlobalVars; wxPGGlobalVars = NULL; }
};
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager, wxModule)
#else // !wxPG_USE_WXMODULE
class wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager
{
public:
wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager() {}
~wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager() { delete wxPGGlobalVars; }
};
static wxPGGlobalVarsClassManager gs_pgGlobalVarsClassManager;
#endif
wxPGGlobalVarsClass* wxPGGlobalVars = (wxPGGlobalVarsClass*) NULL;
wxPGGlobalVarsClass::wxPGGlobalVarsClass()
{
m_boolChoices[0] = _("False");
m_boolChoices[1] = _("True");
m_boolChoices[2] = _("Unspecified");
m_numBoolChoices = 2;
m_fontFamilyChoices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
m_autoGetTranslation = false;
m_offline = 0;
}
wxPGGlobalVarsClass::~wxPGGlobalVarsClass()
{
size_t i;
// This will always have one ref
delete m_fontFamilyChoices;
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
for ( i=0; i<m_arrValidators.GetCount(); i++ )
delete ((wxValidator*)m_arrValidators[i]);
#endif
//
// Destroy value type class instances.
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator vt_it;
for( vt_it = m_dictValueType.begin(); vt_it != m_dictValueType.end(); ++vt_it )
{
wxPGValueType* pcls = (wxPGValueType*) vt_it->second;
wxASSERT( pcls );
delete pcls;
}
// Destroy editor class instances.
// iterate over all the elements in the class
for( vt_it = m_mapEditorClasses.begin(); vt_it != m_mapEditorClasses.end(); ++vt_it )
{
delete ((wxPGEditor*)vt_it->second);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGProperty
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGPropertyClassInfo wxBasePropertyClassInfo = {wxT("wxBaseProperty"),
(const wxPGPropertyClassInfo*) NULL,
(wxPGPropertyConstructor) NULL};
void wxPGProperty::Init()
{
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
m_scriptObject = NULL;
#endif
m_y = -3;
m_arrIndex = 0xFFFF;
m_parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL;
#if wxPG_USE_CLIENT_DATA
m_clientData = NULL;
#endif
m_dataExt = (wxPGPropertyDataExt*) NULL;
m_maxLen = 0; // infinite maximum length
m_flags = 0;
m_depth = 1;
m_parentingType = 0;
m_bgColIndex = 0;
m_fgColIndex = 0;
}
void wxPGProperty::Init( const wxString& label, const wxString& name )
{
m_label = label;
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
if ( &name != ((wxString*)NULL) )
#else
if ( (&name != ((wxString*)NULL)) && name != wxT("_LABEL_AS_NAME") )
#endif
DoSetName( name );
else
DoSetName( label );
Init();
}
wxPGProperty::wxPGProperty()
#if wxPG_INCLUDE_WXOBJECT
: wxObject()
#endif
{
Init();
}
wxPGProperty::wxPGProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name )
#if wxPG_INCLUDE_WXOBJECT
: wxObject()
#endif
{
Init( label, name );
}
wxPGProperty::~wxPGProperty()
{
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
#if wxPG_USE_CLIENT_DATA
if ( m_clientData )
Py_DECREF( m_clientData );
#endif
#endif
delete m_dataExt;
}
bool wxPGProperty::IsSomeParent( wxPGProperty* candidate ) const
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = m_parent;
do
{
if ( parent == (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)candidate )
return true;
parent = parent->m_parent;
} while ( parent );
return false;
}
wxPropertyGridState* wxPGProperty::GetParentState() const
{
wxASSERT( m_parent );
return m_parent->GetParentState();
}
size_t wxPGProperty::GetChildCount() const
{
int cc = GetParentingType();
if ( cc == 0 ) return 0;
return ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)this)->GetCount();
}
void wxPGProperty::ShowError( const wxString& msg )
{
if ( !msg.length() )
return;
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
if ( !wxPGGlobalVars->m_offline )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = GetParentState()->m_pPropGrid;
wxASSERT(pg);
wxWindow* topWnd = ::wxGetTopLevelParent(pg);
if ( topWnd )
{
wxFrame* pFrame = wxDynamicCast(topWnd,wxFrame);
if ( pFrame )
{
wxStatusBar* pStatusBar = pFrame->GetStatusBar();
if ( pStatusBar )
{
pStatusBar->SetStatusText(msg);
return;
}
}
}
}
#endif
::wxLogError(msg);
}
wxPropertyGrid* wxPGProperty::GetGrid() const
{
return GetParentState()->GetGrid();
}
void wxPGProperty::UpdateControl( wxWindow* primary )
{
if ( primary )
GetEditorClass()->UpdateControl(this,primary);
}
void wxPGProperty::DoSetValue( wxPGVariant )
{
// Actually, this should never get called
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("must be overridden") );
}
// wxPGRootPropertyClass, at least, should make use of this.
wxPGVariant wxPGProperty::DoGetValue() const
{
return wxPGVariant((long)0);
}
wxString wxPGProperty::GetValueAsString( int ) const
{
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("must be overridden") );
return m_name;
}
wxVariant wxPGProperty::GetValueAsVariant() const
{
// Return NULL variant for unspecified value
//if ( HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
// return wxVariant();
wxPGVariant value = DoGetValue();
const wxPGValueType* typeClass = GetValueTypePtr();
wxASSERT_MSG( typeClass, wxT("Did you forgot to use wxPG_INIT_REQUIRED_TYPE(T) in constructor?") );
return typeClass->GenerateVariant(value,m_name);
}
bool wxPGProperty::SetValueFromString( const wxString&, int )
{
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("must be overridden") );
return false;
}
bool wxPGProperty::SetValueFromInt( long, int )
{
wxFAIL_MSG ( wxT("must be overridden") );
return false;
}
wxSize wxPGProperty::GetImageSize() const
{
if ( m_dataExt && m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap )
return wxSize(m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap->GetWidth(),-1);
return wxSize(0,0);
}
void wxPGProperty::OnCustomPaint( wxDC& dc,
const wxRect& rect,
wxPGPaintData& )
{
wxCHECK_RET( m_dataExt, wxT("m_dataExt is mandatory") );
wxBitmap* bmp = m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap;
wxCHECK_RET( bmp && bmp->Ok(), wxT("invalid bitmap") );
wxCHECK_RET( rect.x >= 0, wxT("unexpected measure call") );
dc.DrawBitmap(*bmp,rect.x,rect.y);
}
const wxPGEditor* wxPGProperty::DoGetEditorClass() const
{
return wxPG_EDITOR(TextCtrl);
}
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
wxString wxPGProperty::GetEditor() const
{
return wxEmptyString;
}
#endif
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
wxString wxPGProperty::GetType() const
{
return wxString();
}
const wxPGValueType* wxPGProperty::GetValueType() const
{
wxString s = GetType();
const wxPGValueType* p = wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetValueType(s);
wxCHECK_MSG( p, wxPG_VALUETYPE(none),
wxT("GetType must return string that identifies a valid type") );
return p;
}
#endif
#if wxPG_VALUETYPE_IS_STRING
const wxPGValueType* wxPGProperty::GetValueTypePtr() const
{
return wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetValueTypeByName(GetValueType());
}
#endif
// Default extra property event handling - that is, none at all.
bool wxPGProperty::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid*, wxWindow*, wxEvent& )
{
return false;
}
void wxPGProperty::SetChoiceSelection( int newValue, const wxPGChoiceInfo& choiceInfo )
{
// Changes value of a property with choices, but only
// works if the value type is long or string.
const wxPGValueType* vt = GetValueTypePtr();
wxCHECK_RET( choiceInfo.m_choices, wxT("invalid choiceinfo") );
if ( vt == wxPG_VALUETYPE_PTR(long) )
{
DoSetValue( (long) newValue );
}
else if ( vt == wxPG_VALUETYPE_PTR(wxString) )
{
DoSetValue( choiceInfo.m_choices->GetLabel(newValue) );
}
}
int wxPGProperty::InsertChoice( const wxString& label, int index, int value )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = GetGrid();
wxPGChoiceInfo ci;
ci.m_choices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
int sel = GetChoiceInfo(&ci);
if ( ci.m_choices )
{
int newSel = sel;
if ( index < 0 )
index = ci.m_choices->GetCount();
if ( index <= sel )
newSel++;
ci.m_choices->Insert(label, index, value);
if ( sel != newSel )
SetChoiceSelection(newSel, ci);
if ( this == wxPGIdToPtr(pg->GetSelection()) )
GetEditorClass()->InsertItem(pg->GetPrimaryEditor(),label,index);
return index;
}
return -1;
}
void wxPGProperty::DeleteChoice( int index )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = GetGrid();
wxPGChoiceInfo ci;
ci.m_choices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
int sel = GetChoiceInfo(&ci);
if ( ci.m_choices )
{
int newSel = sel;
// Adjust current value
if ( sel == index )
{
SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED );
newSel = 0;
}
else if ( index < sel )
{
newSel--;
}
ci.m_choices->RemoveAt(index);
if ( sel != newSel )
SetChoiceSelection(newSel, ci);
if ( this == wxPGIdToPtr(pg->GetSelection()) )
GetEditorClass()->DeleteItem(pg->GetPrimaryEditor(), index);
}
}
int wxPGProperty::GetChoiceInfo( wxPGChoiceInfo* )
{
return 0;
}
void wxPGProperty::SetAttribute( int, wxVariant& )
{
}
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
wxValidator* wxPGProperty::DoGetValidator() const
{
return (wxValidator*) NULL;
}
#endif
bool wxPGProperty::SetChoices( wxPGChoices& choices )
{
wxPGChoiceInfo ci;
ci.m_choices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
// Unref existing
GetChoiceInfo(&ci);
if ( ci.m_choices )
{
ci.m_choices->Assign(choices);
// This may be needed to trigger some initialization
// (but don't do it if property is somewhat uninitialized)
if ( m_parent )
DoSetValue(GetValueTypePtr()->GetDefaultValue());
return true;
}
return false;
}
const wxPGEditor* wxPGProperty::GetEditorClass() const
{
const wxPGEditor* editor;
if ( !m_dataExt || !m_dataExt->m_customEditor )
{
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
wxString editorName = GetEditor();
if ( editorName.length() )
editor = wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetEditorByName(editorName);
else
#endif
editor = DoGetEditorClass();
}
else
{
editor = m_dataExt->m_customEditor;
}
return editor;
}
bool wxPGProperty::IsKindOf( wxPGPropertyClassInfo& info )
{
const wxPGPropertyClassInfo* ownInfo = GetClassInfo();
do
{
if ( ownInfo == &info )
return true;
ownInfo = ownInfo->m_baseInfo;
} while ( ownInfo );
return false;
}
// Privatizes set of choices
void wxPGProperty::SetChoicesExclusive()
{
wxPGChoiceInfo ci;
ci.m_choices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
GetChoiceInfo(&ci);
if ( ci.m_choices )
ci.m_choices->SetExclusive();
}
bool wxPGProperty::PrepareValueForDialogEditing( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid )
{
wxWindow* primary = propGrid->GetEditorControl();
if ( primary && propGrid->IsEditorsValueModified() )
{
GetEditorClass()->CopyValueFromControl( this, primary );
return true;
}
else if ( m_flags & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED )
{
// Set default value in case it was unspecified
DoSetValue(GetValueTypePtr()->GetDefaultValue());
}
return false;
}
bool wxPGProperty::RecreateEditor()
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = GetGrid();
wxASSERT(pg);
wxPGProperty* selected = pg->GetSelection();
if ( this == selected )
{
pg->DoSelectProperty(this, wxPG_SEL_FORCE);
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool wxPGProperty::EnsureDataExt()
{
if ( !m_dataExt )
{
m_dataExt = new wxPGPropertyDataExt();
return true;
}
return false;
}
void wxPGProperty::SetValueImage( wxBitmap& bmp )
{
EnsureDataExt();
delete m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap;
if ( &bmp && bmp.Ok() )
{
// Resize the image
wxSize maxSz = GetGrid()->GetImageSize();
wxSize imSz(bmp.GetWidth(),bmp.GetHeight());
if ( imSz.x != maxSz.x || imSz.y != maxSz.y )
{
// Create a memory DC
wxBitmap* bmpNew = new wxBitmap(maxSz.x,maxSz.y,bmp.GetDepth());
wxMemoryDC dc;
dc.SelectObject(*bmpNew);
// Scale
// FIXME: This is ugly - use image or wait for scaling patch.
double scaleX = (double)maxSz.x / (double)imSz.x;
double scaleY = (double)maxSz.y / (double)imSz.y;
dc.SetUserScale(scaleX,scaleY);
dc.DrawBitmap( bmp, 0, 0 );
m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap = bmpNew;
}
else
m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap = new wxBitmap(bmp);
m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE;
}
else
{
m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
m_flags &= ~(wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE);
}
}
wxPGProperty* wxPGProperty::GetMainParent() const
{
const wxPGProperty* curChild = this;
const wxPGPropertyWithChildren* curParent = m_parent;
while ( curParent->m_parentingType < 0 )
{
curChild = curParent;
curParent = curParent->m_parent;
}
return (wxPGProperty*) curChild;
}
const wxPGProperty* wxPGProperty::GetLastVisibleSubItem() const
{
//
// Returns last visible sub-item, recursively.
if ( GetParentingType() == PT_NONE )
return this;
const wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) this;
unsigned int count = pwc->GetCount();
if ( !pwc->IsExpanded() || !count )
return this;
return pwc->Last()->GetLastVisibleSubItem();
}
bool wxPGProperty::UsesAutoUnspecified() const
{
if ( GetGrid()->GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED_VALUES )
return true;
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGPropertyWithChildren
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGPropertyClassInfo wxBaseParentPropertyClassInfo = {wxT("wxBaseParentProperty"),
&wxBasePropertyClassInfo,
(wxPGPropertyConstructor) NULL};
wxPGPropertyWithChildren::wxPGPropertyWithChildren()
: wxPGProperty()
{
m_expanded = 1;
m_y = -2;
m_parentingType = -1;
}
wxPGPropertyWithChildren::wxPGPropertyWithChildren( const wxString &label, const wxString& name )
: wxPGProperty(label,name)
{
m_expanded = 1;
m_y = -2;
m_parentingType = -1;
m_parentState = (wxPropertyGridState*) NULL;
}
wxPGPropertyWithChildren::~wxPGPropertyWithChildren()
{
Empty(); // this deletes items
}
// This is used by Insert etc.
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::AddChild2( wxPGProperty* prop, int index, bool correct_mode )
{
if ( index < 0 || (size_t)index >= m_children.GetCount() )
{
if ( correct_mode ) prop->m_arrIndex = m_children.GetCount();
m_children.Add( (void*)prop );
}
else
{
m_children.Insert( (void*)prop, index );
if ( correct_mode ) FixIndexesOfChildren( index );
}
prop->m_parent = this;
}
// This is used by properties that have fixed sub-properties
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::AddChild( wxPGProperty* prop )
{
prop->m_arrIndex = m_children.GetCount();
m_children.Add( (void*)prop );
int custImgHeight = prop->GetImageSize().y;
if ( custImgHeight < 0 /*|| custImgHeight > 1*/ )
prop->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE;
prop->m_parent = this;
prop->m_y = -1; // Collapsed
}
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::FixIndexesOfChildren( size_t starthere )
{
size_t i;
for ( i=starthere;i<GetCount();i++)
Item(i)->m_arrIndex = i;
}
// Returns (direct) child property with given name (or NULL if not found)
wxPGProperty* wxPGPropertyWithChildren::GetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const
{
size_t i;
for ( i=0; i<GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = Item(i);
if ( p->m_name == name )
return p;
}
// Does it have point, then?
int pos = name.Find(wxT('.'));
if ( pos <= 0 )
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc =
(wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) GetPropertyByName(name.substr(0,pos));
if ( !pwc || !pwc->GetParentingType() )
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
return pwc->GetPropertyByName(name.substr(pos+1,name.length()-pos-1));
}
wxPGProperty* wxPGPropertyWithChildren::GetItemAtY( unsigned int y, unsigned int lh )
{
// Linear search.
unsigned int i = 0;
unsigned int iMax = GetCount();
unsigned long py = 0xFFFFFFFF;
wxPGProperty* p = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
while ( i < iMax )
{
p = Item(i);
if ( p->m_y >= 0 )
{
py = (unsigned long)p->m_y;
if ( (py+lh) > y )
break;
}
i++;
}
if ( py <= y && i < iMax )
{
// perfectly this item
wxASSERT_MSG( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
return p;
}
else
{
// If no visible children, we must retract our steps
// (should not really happen, so right now we check that it
// really doesn't).
if ( py == 0xFFFFFFFF )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid: \"%s\" (y=%i) did not have visible children (it should)."),m_label.c_str(),(int)m_y);
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
// We are about to return a child of previous' visible item.
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( i < 1 )
{
wxLogDebug( wxT("WARNING: \"%s\"->GetItemAtY: (i <= 0)"), m_label.c_str() );
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> y = %i, py = %i"), (int)y, (int)py );
if ( p )
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> p = \"%s\""), p->GetLabel().c_str() );
else
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> p = None") );
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
#endif
// Get previous *visible* parent.
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc;
do
{
wxASSERT( i > 0 );
i--;
pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)Item(i);
} while ( pwc->m_y < 0 );
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( !pwc->m_expanded || pwc->m_y < 0 )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: wxPGPropertyWithChildren::GetItemAtY: Item %s should have been visible and expanded."),pwc->m_label.c_str());
wxLogDebug(wxT(" (%s[%i]: %s)"),pwc->m_parent->m_label.c_str(),pwc->m_arrIndex,pwc->m_label.c_str());
//wxLogDebug(wxT(" py=%i"),(int)py);
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
#endif
return pwc->GetItemAtY(y,lh);
}
}
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::Empty()
{
size_t i;
if ( m_expanded != wxPG_EXP_OF_COPYARRAY )
{
for ( i=0; i<GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = (wxPGProperty*) Item(i);
delete p;
}
}
m_children.Empty();
}
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::ChildChanged( wxPGProperty* WXUNUSED(p) )
{
}
wxString wxPGPropertyWithChildren::GetValueAsString( int argFlags ) const
{
wxCHECK_MSG( GetCount() > 0,
wxString(),
wxT("If user property does not have any children, it must override GetValueAsString.") );
wxString text;
int i;
int iMax = m_children.GetCount();
if ( iMax > PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_LIMIT &&
!(argFlags & wxPG_FULL_VALUE) )
iMax = PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_LIMIT;
int iMaxMinusOne = iMax-1;
wxPGProperty* curChild = (wxPGProperty*) m_children.Item(0);
for ( i = 0; i < iMax; i++ )
{
wxString s;
if ( !(curChild->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
s = curChild->GetValueAsString(argFlags);
if ( curChild->GetParentingType() == 0 )
text += s;
else
text += wxT("[") + s + wxT("]");
if ( i < iMaxMinusOne )
{
if ( text.length() > PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_CHAR_LIMIT &&
!(argFlags & wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE) &&
!(argFlags & wxPG_FULL_VALUE) )
break;
curChild = (wxPGProperty*) m_children.Item(i+1);
if ( curChild->GetParentingType() == 0 )
text += wxT("; ");
else
text += wxT(" ");
}
}
if ( (unsigned int)i < m_children.GetCount() )
text += wxT("; ...");
return text;
}
// Convert semicolon delimited tokens into child values.
bool wxPGPropertyWithChildren::SetValueFromString( const wxString& text, int argFlags )
{
if ( !GetCount() )
return false;
unsigned int curChild = 0;
unsigned int iMax = m_children.GetCount();
if ( iMax > PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_LIMIT &&
!(argFlags & wxPG_FULL_VALUE) )
iMax = PWC_CHILD_SUMMARY_LIMIT;
bool changed = false;
wxString token;
size_t pos = 0;
// Its best only to add non-empty group items
bool addOnlyIfNotEmpty = false;
const wxChar delimeter = wxT(';');
wxChar a;
size_t lastPos = text.length();
size_t tokenStart = 0xFFFFFF;
do
{
a = text[pos];
if ( tokenStart != 0xFFFFFF )
{
// Token is running
if ( a == delimeter || a == 0 )
{
token = text.substr(tokenStart,pos-tokenStart);
token.Trim(true);
size_t len = token.length();
if ( !addOnlyIfNotEmpty || len > 0 )
{
wxPGProperty* child = Item(curChild);
if ( len > 0 )
{
bool wasUnspecified = child->IsValueUnspecified();
if ( child->SetValueFromString( token, wxPG_REPORT_ERROR ) )
{
// If modified, set mod flag and store value back to parent
child->SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED );
// Clear unspecified flag only if SetValueFromString didn't
// affect it.
if ( child->IsValueUnspecified() &&
(wasUnspecified || !UsesAutoUnspecified()) )
child->ClearFlag( wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED );
ChildChanged( child );
changed = true;
}
}
else
{
child->SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED );
changed = true;
}
curChild++;
if ( curChild >= iMax )
break;
}
tokenStart = 0xFFFFFF;
}
}
else
{
// Token is not running
if ( a != wxT(' ') )
{
addOnlyIfNotEmpty = false;
// Is this a group of tokens?
if ( a == wxT('[') )
{
int depth = 1;
pos++;
size_t startPos = pos;
// Group item - find end
do
{
a = text[pos];
pos++;
if ( a == wxT(']') )
depth--;
else if ( a == wxT('[') )
depth++;
} while ( depth > 0 && a );
token = text.substr(startPos,pos-startPos-1);
if ( !token.length() )
break;
wxPGProperty* child = Item(curChild);
//wxLogDebug(wxT("child(1) %i: %s"),curChild,token.c_str());
if ( child->SetValueFromString( token, wxPG_REPORT_ERROR ) )
{
// If modified, set mod flag and store value back to parent
child->SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED );
ChildChanged( child );
changed = true;
}
curChild++;
if ( curChild >= iMax )
break;
addOnlyIfNotEmpty = true;
tokenStart = 0xFFFFFF;
}
else
{
tokenStart = pos;
if ( a == delimeter )
{
pos--;
}
}
}
}
pos++;
}
while ( pos <= lastPos );
// This ensures that the last item is set unspecified even
// if the blank had no terminating delimiter.
if ( curChild < iMax )
{
wxPGProperty* child = Item(curChild);
child->SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED );
changed = true;
}
return changed;
}
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::RefreshChildren ()
{
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxParentProperty
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGProperty* wxParentProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name )
{
return new wxParentPropertyClass(label,name);
}
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS_PLAIN(wxParentProperty,none,TextCtrl)
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_CLASSINFO(wxParentProperty,wxBaseParentPropertyClass)
wxParentPropertyClass::wxParentPropertyClass( const wxString& label, const wxString& name )
: wxPGPropertyWithChildren(label,name)
{
m_parentingType = PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY;
}
wxParentPropertyClass::~wxParentPropertyClass() { }
void wxParentPropertyClass::DoSetValue( wxPGVariant value )
{
const wxString& str = wxPGVariantToString(value);
m_string = str;
SetValueFromString(str,wxPG_REPORT_ERROR);
}
wxPGVariant wxParentPropertyClass::DoGetValue() const
{
return wxPGVariant();
}
void wxParentPropertyClass::ChildChanged( wxPGProperty* WXUNUSED(p) )
{
}
wxString wxParentPropertyClass::GetValueAsString( int argFlags ) const
{
if ( !GetCount() )
return wxEmptyString;
return wxPGPropertyWithChildren::GetValueAsString(argFlags);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGRootPropertyClass
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS_PLAIN(wxPGRootProperty,none,TextCtrl)
const wxPGPropertyClassInfo* wxPGRootPropertyClass::GetClassInfo() const
{
return (const wxPGPropertyClassInfo*) NULL;
}
wxPGRootPropertyClass::wxPGRootPropertyClass()
: wxPGPropertyWithChildren()
{
m_parentingType = PT_ROOT; // this was PT_CAPTION in <= 1.1.6, but changed
// so the depth calculations can become
// more consistent.
m_depth = 0;
}
wxPGRootPropertyClass::~wxPGRootPropertyClass()
{
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyCategoryClass
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyCategory( const wxString& label, const wxString& name )
{
return new wxPropertyCategoryClass(label,name);
}
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_CLASSINFO(wxPropertyCategory,wxBaseParentPropertyClass)
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS_PLAIN(wxPropertyCategory,none,TextCtrl)
wxPropertyCategoryClass::wxPropertyCategoryClass()
: wxPGPropertyWithChildren()
{
// don't set colour - prepareadditem method should do this
m_parentingType = 1;
m_capFgColIndex = 1;
}
wxPropertyCategoryClass::wxPropertyCategoryClass( const wxString &label, const wxString& name )
: wxPGPropertyWithChildren(label,name)
{
// don't set colour - prepareadditem method should do this
m_parentingType = 1;
m_capFgColIndex = 1;
}
wxPropertyCategoryClass::~wxPropertyCategoryClass()
{
}
wxString wxPropertyCategoryClass::GetValueAsString( int ) const
{
return wxEmptyString;
}
void wxPropertyCategoryClass::CalculateTextExtent( wxWindow* wnd, wxFont& font )
{
int x = 0, y = 0;
wnd->GetTextExtent( m_label, &x, &y, 0, 0, &font );
m_textExtent = x;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGEditor::~wxPGEditor()
{
}
void wxPGEditor::DrawValue( wxDC& dc, wxPGProperty* property, const wxRect& rect ) const
{
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
dc.DrawText( property->GetDisplayedString(), rect.x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, rect.y );
}
void wxPGEditor::SetControlStringValue( wxWindow*, const wxString& ) const
{
}
void wxPGEditor::SetControlIntValue( wxWindow*, int ) const
{
}
int wxPGEditor::InsertItem( wxWindow*, const wxString&, int ) const
{
return -1;
}
void wxPGEditor::DeleteItem( wxWindow*, int ) const
{
return;
}
void wxPGEditor::OnFocus( wxPGProperty*, wxWindow* ) const
{
}
bool wxPGEditor::CanContainCustomImage() const
{
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGClipperWindow
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
//
// Clipper window is used to "remove" borders from controls
// which otherwise insist on having them despite of supplied
// wxNO_BORDER window style.
//
class wxPGClipperWindow : public wxWindow
{
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPGClipperWindow)
public:
wxPGClipperWindow()
: wxWindow()
{
wxPGClipperWindow::Init();
}
wxPGClipperWindow(wxWindow* parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize)
{
Init();
Create(parent,id,pos,size);
}
void Create(wxWindow* parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
virtual ~wxPGClipperWindow();
virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
inline wxWindow* GetControl() const { return m_ctrl; }
// This is called before wxControl is constructed.
void GetControlRect( int xadj, int yadj, wxPoint& pt, wxSize& sz );
// This is caleed after wxControl has been constructed.
void SetControl( wxWindow* ctrl );
virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
virtual void SetFocus();
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
inline int GetXClip() const { return m_xadj; }
inline int GetYClip() const { return m_yadj; }
protected:
wxWindow* m_ctrl;
int m_xadj; // Horizontal border clip.
int m_yadj; // Vertical border clip.
private:
void Init ()
{
m_ctrl = (wxWindow*) NULL;
}
};
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPGClipperWindow,wxWindow)
// This is called before wxControl is constructed.
void wxPGClipperWindow::GetControlRect( int xadj, int yadj, wxPoint& pt, wxSize& sz )
{
m_xadj = xadj;
m_yadj = yadj;
pt.x = -xadj;
pt.y = -yadj;
wxSize own_size = GetSize();
sz.x = own_size.x+(xadj*2);
sz.y = own_size.y+(yadj*2);
}
// This is caleed after wxControl has been constructed.
void wxPGClipperWindow::SetControl( wxWindow* ctrl )
{
m_ctrl = ctrl;
// GTK requires this.
ctrl->SetSizeHints(3,3);
// Correct size of this window to match the child.
wxSize sz = GetSize();
wxSize chsz = ctrl->GetSize();
int hei_adj = chsz.y - (sz.y+(m_yadj*2));
if ( hei_adj )
SetSize(sz.x,chsz.y-(m_yadj*2));
}
void wxPGClipperWindow::Refresh( bool eraseBackground, const wxRect *rect )
{
wxWindow::Refresh(false,rect);
if ( m_ctrl )
// FIXME: Rect to sub-ctrl refresh too
m_ctrl->Refresh(eraseBackground);
}
// Pass focus to control
void wxPGClipperWindow::SetFocus()
{
if ( m_ctrl )
m_ctrl->SetFocus();
else
wxWindow::SetFocus();
}
bool wxPGClipperWindow::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
{
bool res = wxWindow::SetFont(font);
if ( m_ctrl )
return m_ctrl->SetFont(font);
return res;
}
void wxPGClipperWindow::Create(wxWindow* parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size )
{
wxWindow::Create(parent,id,pos,size);
}
wxPGClipperWindow::~wxPGClipperWindow()
{
}
bool wxPGClipperWindow::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
{
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SIZE )
{
if ( m_ctrl )
{
// Maintain correct size relationship.
wxSize sz = GetSize();
m_ctrl->SetSize(sz.x+(m_xadj*2),sz.y+(m_yadj*2));
event.Skip();
return false;
}
}
return wxWindow::ProcessEvent(event);
}
#endif // wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
/*wxWindow* wxPropertyGrid::GetActualEditorControl( wxWindow* ctrl )
{
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
// Pass real control instead of clipper window
if ( ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) )
{
return ((wxPGClipperWindow*)ctrl)->GetControl();
}
#else
return ctrl;
#endif
}*/
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGTextCtrlEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Clipper window support macro (depending on whether it is used
// for this editor or not)
#if wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X || wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY 1
#define wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(WND) \
wxASSERT( WND ); \
wxTextCtrl* tc = (wxTextCtrl*)((wxPGClipperWindow*)WND)->GetControl()
#else
#define wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY 0
#define wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(WND) \
wxASSERT( WND ); \
wxTextCtrl* tc = (wxTextCtrl*)WND
#endif
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(TextCtrl,wxPGTextCtrlEditor,wxPGEditor)
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGTextCtrlEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
wxWindow** ) const
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGTextCtrlEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz ) const
#endif
{
wxString text;
// If has children and limited editing, then don't create.
if ((property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR) &&
property->GetParentingType() < 0 &&
!property->IsKindOf(WX_PG_CLASSINFO(wxCustomProperty)))
return (wxWindow*) NULL;
int flags = 0;
if ( (property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_PASSWORD) &&
property->IsKindOf(WX_PG_CLASSINFO(wxStringProperty)) )
flags |= wxTE_PASSWORD;
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
text = property->GetValueAsString(property->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY)?0:wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE);
wxWindow* wnd = propGrid->GenerateEditorTextCtrl(pos,sz,text,(wxWindow*)NULL,flags,
property->GetMaxLength());
return wnd;
}
void wxPGTextCtrlEditor::DrawValue( wxDC& dc, wxPGProperty* property, const wxRect& rect ) const
{
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
{
wxString drawStr = property->GetDisplayedString();
// Code below should no longer be needed, as the obfuscation
// is now done in GetValueAsString.
/*if ( (property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_PASSWORD) &&
property->IsKindOf(WX_PG_CLASSINFO(wxStringProperty)) )
{
size_t a = drawStr.length();
drawStr.Empty();
drawStr.Append(wxT('*'),a);
}*/
dc.DrawText( drawStr, rect.x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, rect.y );
}
}
void wxPGTextCtrlEditor::UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(ctrl);
tc->SetValue(property->GetDisplayedString());
}
// Provided so that, for example, ComboBox editor can use the same code
// (multiple inheritance would get way too messy).
bool wxPGTextCtrlEditor::OnTextCtrlEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
wxWindow* ctrl,
wxEvent& event )
{
if ( !ctrl )
return false;
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER )
{
if ( propGrid->IsEditorsValueModified() )
{
return true;
}
}
else if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED )
{
wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(ctrl);
// If value is unspecified and character count is zero,
// then do not set as modified.
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) ||
!tc ||
(tc->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) &&
(tc->GetLastPosition() > 0)) )
{
// We must check this since an 'empty' text event
// may be triggered when creating the property.
if ( !(propGrid->GetInternalFlags() & wxPG_FL_IN_SELECT_PROPERTY) )
{
//
// Pass this event outside wxPropertyGrid so that,
// if necessary, program can tell when user is editing
// a textctrl.
// FIXME: Is it safe to change event id in the middle of event
// processing (seems to work, but...)?
event.Skip();
event.SetId(propGrid->GetId());
}
propGrid->EditorsValueWasModified();
}
}
return false;
}
bool wxPGTextCtrlEditor::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
wxWindow* ctrl,
wxEvent& event ) const
{
return wxPGTextCtrlEditor::OnTextCtrlEvent(propGrid,property,ctrl,event);
}
bool wxPGTextCtrlEditor::CopyTextCtrlValueFromControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl )
{
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
// Pass real control instead of clipper window
if ( ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) )
{
ctrl = ((wxPGClipperWindow*)ctrl)->GetControl();
}
#endif
wxTextCtrl* tc = (wxTextCtrl*)ctrl;
bool res = property->SetValueFromString(tc->GetValue(),0);
// Changing unspecified always causes event (returning
// true here should be enough to trigger it).
if ( !res && property->IsFlagSet(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
res = true;
return res;
}
bool wxPGTextCtrlEditor::CopyValueFromControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
return wxPGTextCtrlEditor::CopyTextCtrlValueFromControl(property,ctrl);
}
void wxPGTextCtrlEditor::SetValueToUnspecified( wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(ctrl);
tc->Remove(0,tc->GetValue().length());
}
void wxPGTextCtrlEditor::SetControlStringValue( wxWindow* ctrl, const wxString& txt ) const
{
wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(ctrl);
tc->SetValue(txt);
}
void wxPGTextCtrlEditor::OnFocus( wxPGProperty*, wxWindow* wnd ) const
{
wxPGDeclareRealTextCtrl(wnd);
tc->SetSelection(-1,-1);
}
wxPGTextCtrlEditor::~wxPGTextCtrlEditor() { }
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGChoiceEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
extern const wxChar* wxPG_ClassName_wxBoolProperty; // in props.cpp
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(Choice,wxPGChoiceEditor,wxPGEditor)
// This is a special enhanced double-click processor class.
// In essence, it allows for double-clicks for which the
// first click "created" the control.
class wxPGDoubleClickProcessor : public wxEvtHandler
{
public:
wxPGDoubleClickProcessor( wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* combo )
: wxEvtHandler()
{
m_timeLastMouseUp = 0;
m_combo = combo;
m_downReceived = false;
}
protected:
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
{
wxLongLong t = ::wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
int evtType = event.GetEventType();
if ( m_combo->HasFlag(wxPGCC_DCLICK_CYCLES) &&
!m_combo->IsPopupShown() )
{
// Just check that it is in the text area
wxPoint pt = event.GetPosition();
if ( m_combo->GetTextRect().wxPGRectContains(pt) )
{
if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
{
// Set value to avoid up-events without corresponding downs
m_downReceived = true;
}
else if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
{
// We'll make our own double-clicks
event.SetEventType(0);
return;
}
else if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
{
if ( m_downReceived || m_timeLastMouseUp == 1 )
{
wxLongLong timeFromLastUp = (t-m_timeLastMouseUp);
if ( timeFromLastUp < DOUBLE_CLICK_CONVERSION_TRESHOLD )
{
event.SetEventType(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK);
m_timeLastMouseUp = 1;
}
else
{
m_timeLastMouseUp = t;
}
}
}
}
}
event.Skip();
}
void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event )
{
m_timeLastMouseUp = ::wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
event.Skip();
}
private:
wxLongLong m_timeLastMouseUp;
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* m_combo;
bool m_downReceived;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
};
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPGDoubleClickProcessor, wxEvtHandler)
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxPGDoubleClickProcessor::OnMouseEvent)
EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxPGDoubleClickProcessor::OnSetFocus)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
class wxPGComboBox : public wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox
{
public:
wxPGComboBox()
: wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox()
{
m_dclickProcessor = (wxPGDoubleClickProcessor*) NULL;
}
~wxPGComboBox()
{
if ( m_dclickProcessor )
{
RemoveEventHandler(m_dclickProcessor);
delete m_dclickProcessor;
}
}
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
int n = 0,
const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
long style = 0,
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
{
if ( !wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create( parent,
id,
value,
pos,
size,
n,
choices,
style,
validator,
name ) )
return false;
m_dclickProcessor = new wxPGDoubleClickProcessor(this);
PushEventHandler(m_dclickProcessor);
return true;
}
virtual bool OnDrawListItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(),wxPropertyGrid);
wxASSERT(pg);
pg->OnComboItemPaint((wxPGCustomComboControl*)this,item,dc,(wxRect&)rect,flags);
return true;
}
virtual wxCoord OnMeasureListItem( int item )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(),wxPropertyGrid);
wxASSERT(pg);
wxRect rect;
rect.x = -1;
rect.width = 0;
pg->OnComboItemPaint((wxPGCustomComboControl*)this,item,*((wxDC*)NULL),rect,0);
return rect.height;
}
virtual wxCoord OnMeasureListItemWidth( int item )
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(),wxPropertyGrid);
wxASSERT(pg);
wxRect rect;
rect.x = -1;
rect.width = -1;
pg->OnComboItemPaint((wxPGCustomComboControl*)this,item,*((wxDC*)NULL),rect,0);
return rect.width;
}
private:
wxPGDoubleClickProcessor* m_dclickProcessor;
};
void wxPropertyGrid::OnComboItemPaint( wxPGCustomComboControl* pCc,
int item,
wxDC& dc,
wxRect& rect,
int flags )
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* pCb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)pCc;
// Sanity check
wxASSERT( IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPropertyGrid)) );
wxPGProperty* p = m_selected;
//
// Decide what custom image size to use
wxSize cis = GetImageSize(p);
if ( rect.x < 0 &&
!(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_PAINT_FLEXIBLE) )
{
// Default measure behaviour (no flexible, custom paint image only)
if ( rect.width < 0 )
{
wxCoord x, y;
GetTextExtent(pCb->GetString(item), &x, &y, 0, 0, &m_font);
rect.width = cis.x + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2 + 9 + x;
}
rect.height = cis.y + 2;
return;
}
wxPGPaintData paintdata;
paintdata.m_parent = NULL;
paintdata.m_choiceItem = item;
// This is by the current (1.0.0b) spec - if painting control, item is -1
if ( (flags & wxPGCC_PAINTING_CONTROL) )
paintdata.m_choiceItem = -1;
if ( &dc )
dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH);
if ( rect.x >= 0 )
{
//
// DrawItem call
wxPoint pt(rect.x + wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN - wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST - 1,
rect.y + 1);
if ( cis.x > 0 &&
( !p->m_dataExt || !p->m_dataExt->m_valueBitmap || item == pCb->GetSelection() ) &&
( item >= 0 || (flags & wxPGCC_PAINTING_CONTROL) )
)
{
pt.x += wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1;
wxRect r(pt.x,pt.y,cis.x,cis.y);
if ( flags & wxPGCC_PAINTING_CONTROL )
{
//r.width = cis.x;
r.height = wxPG_STD_CUST_IMAGE_HEIGHT(m_lineHeight);
}
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_FULL_PAINT )
r.width = rect.width;
paintdata.m_drawnWidth = r.width;
dc.SetPen(m_colPropFore);
if ( item >= 0 )
p->OnCustomPaint( dc, r, paintdata );
else
dc.DrawRectangle( r );
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_FULL_PAINT) )
{
if ( paintdata.m_drawnWidth > 0 )
return;
// Revert pt.x
pt.x -= (wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1+1);
}
else
pt.x += paintdata.m_drawnWidth + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2 - 1;
}
else
// TODO: This aligns text so that it seems to be horizontally
// on the same line as property values. Not really
// sure if its needed, but seems to not cause any harm.
pt.x -= 1;
//
// Draw text
//
pt.y += (rect.height-m_fontHeight)/2 - 1;
wxString text;
if ( !(flags & wxPGCC_PAINTING_CONTROL) )
{
text = pCb->GetString(item);
}
else
{
if ( !p->IsValueUnspecified() )
text = p->GetValueAsString(0);
}
dc.DrawText( text, pt.x + wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, pt.y );
}
else
{
//
// MeasureItem call
p->OnCustomPaint( dc, rect, paintdata );
rect.height = paintdata.m_drawnHeight + 2;
rect.width = cis.x + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2 + 9;
}
}
// CreateControls calls this with CB_READONLY in extraStyle
wxWindow* wxPGChoiceEditor::CreateControlsBase( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
long extraStyle ) const
{
wxString defString;
wxPGChoiceInfo choiceInfo;
// Get choices.
choiceInfo.m_arrWxString = (wxString*) NULL;
choiceInfo.m_arrWxChars = (const wxChar**) NULL;
choiceInfo.m_itemCount = 0;
int index = property->GetChoiceInfo( &choiceInfo );
if ( property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED )
{
index = -1;
}
else
{
defString = property->GetDisplayedString();
}
// SLAlloc allows fast conversion using potentially pre-allocated wxStrings
// (and appending is out of question due to performance problems on some platforms).
// If itemcount is < 0, fill wxArrayString using GetEntry
if ( choiceInfo.m_itemCount < 0 )
{
wxBaseEnumPropertyClass* ep = (wxBaseEnumPropertyClass*) property;
size_t i = 0;
const wxString* entryLabel;
int entryValue;
wxArrayString& sl = propGrid->SLGet();
entryLabel = ep->GetEntry(i,&entryValue);
while ( entryLabel )
{
if ( sl.GetCount() > i )
sl[i] = *entryLabel;
else
sl.Add(*entryLabel);
i++;
entryLabel = ep->GetEntry(i,&entryValue);
}
choiceInfo.m_itemCount = ((int)i) - 1;
}
else if ( !choiceInfo.m_arrWxString )
{
wxASSERT( choiceInfo.m_arrWxChars || !choiceInfo.m_itemCount );
propGrid->SLAlloc( choiceInfo.m_itemCount, choiceInfo.m_arrWxChars );
if ( choiceInfo.m_itemCount )
choiceInfo.m_arrWxString = &propGrid->SLGet().Item(0);
}
//wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb;
wxPGComboBox* cb;
wxPoint po(pos);
wxSize si(sz);
po.y += wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST;
si.y -= (wxPG_CHOICEYADJUST*2);
/*#if wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_ANY
po.x += (wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST+wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_X);
si.x -= (wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST+wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_X);
wxPGClipperWindow* wnd = new wxPGClipperWindow(propGrid,wxPG_SUBID1,po,si);
wxWindow* ctrlParent = wnd;
wnd->GetControlRect(wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_X,wxPG_NAT_CHOICE_BORDER_Y,po,si);
#else*/
po.x += wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST;
si.x -= wxPG_CHOICEXADJUST;
wxWindow* ctrlParent = propGrid;
//#endif
// NB: Using wxWidgets wxOwnerDrawnComboBox needs adding wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER
// into the flags.
int odcbFlags = extraStyle | wxNO_BORDER | wxPGCC_PROCESS_ENTER | wxPGCC_ALT_KEYS;
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE) )
odcbFlags |= wxODCB_STD_CONTROL_PAINT;
if ( (property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_USE_DCC) &&
(property->GetClassName()==wxPG_ClassName_wxBoolProperty) )
odcbFlags |= wxPGCC_DCLICK_CYCLES;
cb = new wxPGComboBox();
#ifdef __WXMSW__
cb->Hide();
#endif
cb->Create(ctrlParent,
wxPG_SUBID1,
wxString(),
po,
si,
choiceInfo.m_itemCount,choiceInfo.m_arrWxString,
//(wxComboPaintCallback) &wxPropertyGrid::OnComboItemPaint,
odcbFlags);
int extRight = propGrid->GetClientSize().x - (po.x+si.x);
cb->SetButtonPosition(si.y,0,wxRIGHT);
cb->SetPopupExtents( 1, extRight );
cb->SetTextIndent(wxPG_XBEFORETEXT-2);
if ( (property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE) &&
!(propGrid->GetInternalFlags() & wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_FULL_PAINT) )
{
wxSize imageSize = propGrid->GetImageSize(property);
cb->SetCustomPaintWidth( imageSize.x+6 );
}
if ( index >= 0 && index < (int)cb->GetCount() )
{
cb->SetSelection( index );
if ( defString.length() )
cb->SetValue( defString );
}
else if ( !(extraStyle & wxCB_READONLY) && defString.length() )
cb->SetValue( defString );
else
cb->SetSelection( -1 );
if ( property->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY) )
cb->Disable();
#ifdef __WXMSW__
cb->Show();
#endif
return (wxWindow*) cb;
}
void wxPGChoiceEditor::UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxASSERT( ctrl );
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
wxASSERT( cb->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)));
int ind = property->GetChoiceInfo( (wxPGChoiceInfo*)NULL );
cb->SetSelection(ind);
}
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGChoiceEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid, wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz, wxWindow** ) const
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGChoiceEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid, wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz ) const
#endif
{
return CreateControlsBase(propGrid,property,pos,sz,wxCB_READONLY);
}
int wxPGChoiceEditor::InsertItem( wxWindow* ctrl, const wxString& label, int index ) const
{
wxASSERT( ctrl );
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
wxASSERT( cb->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)));
if (index < 0)
index = cb->GetCount();
return cb->Insert(label,index);
}
void wxPGChoiceEditor::DeleteItem( wxWindow* ctrl, int index ) const
{
wxASSERT( ctrl );
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
wxASSERT( cb->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)));
cb->Delete(index);
}
bool wxPGChoiceEditor::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* WXUNUSED(propGrid), wxPGProperty* WXUNUSED(property),
wxWindow* WXUNUSED(ctrl), wxEvent& event ) const
{
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED )
{
/*if ( CopyValueFromControl( property, ctrl ) )
{
return true;
}
propGrid->EditorsValueWasNotModified();
//wxPropertyGridState::ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags(property,wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED);
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(property);*/
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool wxPGChoiceEditor::CopyValueFromControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
int index = cb->GetSelection();
if ( index != property->GetChoiceInfo( (wxPGChoiceInfo*) NULL ) ||
// Changing unspecified always causes event (returning
// true here should be enough to trigger it).
property->IsFlagSet(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED)
)
{
property->SetValueFromInt(index,0);
return true;
}
return false;
}
void wxPGChoiceEditor::SetControlStringValue( wxWindow* ctrl, const wxString& txt ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
wxASSERT( cb );
cb->SetValue(txt);
}
void wxPGChoiceEditor::SetControlIntValue( wxWindow* ctrl, int value ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
wxASSERT( cb );
cb->SetSelection(value);
}
void wxPGChoiceEditor::SetValueToUnspecified( wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
cb->SetSelection(-1);
}
bool wxPGChoiceEditor::CanContainCustomImage() const
{
return true;
}
wxPGChoiceEditor::~wxPGChoiceEditor() { }
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGComboBoxEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(ComboBox,wxPGComboBoxEditor,wxPGChoiceEditor)
void wxPGComboBoxEditor::UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
cb->SetValue(property->GetDisplayedString());
// TODO: If string matches any selection, then select that.
}
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGComboBoxEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
wxWindow** ) const
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGComboBoxEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz ) const
#endif
{
return CreateControlsBase(propGrid,property,pos,sz,0);
}
bool wxPGComboBoxEditor::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
wxWindow* ctrl,
wxEvent& event ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*) NULL;
wxWindow* textCtrl = (wxWindow*) NULL;
if ( ctrl )
{
cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
textCtrl = cb->GetTextCtrl();
}
if ( wxPGTextCtrlEditor::OnTextCtrlEvent(propGrid,property,textCtrl,event) )
return true;
return wxPGChoiceEditor::OnEvent(propGrid,property,ctrl,event);
}
bool wxPGComboBoxEditor::CopyValueFromControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
bool res = property->SetValueFromString(cb->GetValue(),0);
// Changing unspecified always causes event (returning
// true here should be enough to trigger it).
if ( !res && property->IsFlagSet(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
res = true;
return res;
}
void wxPGComboBoxEditor::OnFocus( wxPGProperty*, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox* cb = (wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)ctrl;
cb->GetTextCtrl()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
}
wxPGComboBoxEditor::~wxPGComboBoxEditor() { }
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This simpler implement_editor macro doesn't define class body.
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(ChoiceAndButton,wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor,wxPGChoiceEditor)
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
wxWindow** psecondary ) const
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz ) const
#endif
{
// Use one two units smaller to match size of the combo's dropbutton.
// (normally a bigger button is used because it looks better)
int bt_wid = sz.y;
bt_wid -= 2;
wxSize bt_sz(bt_wid,bt_wid);
// Position of button.
wxPoint bt_pos(pos.x+sz.x-bt_sz.x,pos.y);
#ifdef __WXMAC__
bt_pos.y -= 1;
#else
bt_pos.y += 1;
#endif
wxWindow* bt = propGrid->GenerateEditorButton( bt_pos, bt_sz );
// Size of choice.
wxSize ch_sz(sz.x-bt->GetSize().x,sz.y);
#ifdef __WXMAC__
ch_sz.x -= wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING;
#endif
wxWindow* ch = wxPG_EDITOR(Choice)->CreateControls(propGrid,property,
pos,ch_sz
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
, (wxWindow**)NULL);
#else
).m_primary;
#endif
#ifdef __WXMSW__
bt->Show();
#endif
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
*psecondary = bt;
return ch;
#else
return wxPGWindowPair(ch, bt);
#endif
}
wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor::~wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor() { }
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This simpler implement_editor macro doesn't define class body.
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(TextCtrlAndButton,wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor,wxPGTextCtrlEditor)
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
wxWindow** psecondary ) const
{
wxWindow* wnd = propGrid->GenerateEditorTextCtrlAndButton( pos, sz, psecondary,
property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR, property);
return wnd;
}
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz ) const
{
wxWindow* wnd2;
wxWindow* wnd = propGrid->GenerateEditorTextCtrlAndButton( pos, sz, &wnd2,
property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR, property);
return wxPGWindowPair(wnd, wnd2);
}
#endif
wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor::~wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor() { }
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGCheckBoxEditor
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_EDITOR_CLASS(CheckBox,wxPGCheckBoxEditor,wxPGEditor)
// state argument: 0x01 = set if checked
// 0x02 = set if rectangle should be bold
static void DrawSimpleCheckBox( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int box_hei, int state, const wxColour& linecol )
{
// Box rectangle.
wxRect r(rect.x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT,rect.y+((rect.height-box_hei)/2),box_hei,box_hei);
// Draw check mark first because it is likely to overdraw the
// surrounding rectangle.
if ( state & 1 )
{
wxRect r2(r.x+wxPG_CHECKMARK_XADJ,
r.y+wxPG_CHECKMARK_YADJ,
r.width+wxPG_CHECKMARK_WADJ,
r.height+wxPG_CHECKMARK_HADJ);
#if wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE
r2.Deflate(wxPG_CHECKMARK_DEFLATE);
#endif
dc.DrawCheckMark(r2);
// This would draw a simple cross check mark.
// dc.DrawLine(r.x,r.y,r.x+r.width-1,r.y+r.height-1);
// dc.DrawLine(r.x,r.y+r.height-1,r.x+r.width-1,r.y);
}
if ( !(state & 2) )
{
// Pen for thin rectangle.
dc.SetPen(linecol);
}
else
{
// Pen for bold rectangle.
wxPen linepen(linecol,2,wxSOLID);
linepen.SetJoin(wxJOIN_MITER); // This prevents round edges.
dc.SetPen(linepen);
r.x++;
r.y++;
r.width--;
r.height--;
}
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
dc.DrawRectangle(r);
dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
}
//
// Real simple custom-drawn checkbox-without-label class.
//
class wxSimpleCheckBox : public wxControl
{
public:
void SetValue( int value );
wxSimpleCheckBox( wxWindow* parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize )
: wxControl(parent,id,pos,size,wxNO_BORDER|wxWANTS_CHARS)
{
// Due to SetOwnFont stuff necessary for GTK+ 1.2, we need to have this
SetFont( parent->GetFont() );
m_state = 0;
m_boxHeight = ((wxPropertyGrid*)parent)->GetFontHeight();
SetBackgroundStyle( wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR );
}
virtual ~wxSimpleCheckBox();
virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
int m_state;
int m_boxHeight;
static wxBitmap* ms_doubleBuffer;
};
wxSimpleCheckBox::~wxSimpleCheckBox()
{
delete ms_doubleBuffer;
ms_doubleBuffer = NULL;
}
wxBitmap* wxSimpleCheckBox::ms_doubleBuffer = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
// value = 2 means toggle (sorry, too lazy to do constants)
void wxSimpleCheckBox::SetValue( int value )
{
if ( value > 1 )
{
m_state++;
if ( m_state > 1 ) m_state = 0;
}
else
{
m_state = value;
}
Refresh();
wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED,GetParent()->GetId());
((wxPropertyGrid*)GetParent())->OnCustomEditorEvent(evt);
}
bool wxSimpleCheckBox::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
{
wxPropertyGrid* propGrid = (wxPropertyGrid*) GetParent();
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY"));
//SetFocusFromKbd();
//event.Skip();
//return wxControl::ProcessEvent(event);
}
else
if ( ( (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK)
&& ((wxMouseEvent&)event).m_x > (wxPG_XBEFORETEXT-2)
&& ((wxMouseEvent&)event).m_x <= (wxPG_XBEFORETEXT-2+m_boxHeight) )
)
{
SetValue(2);
return true;
}
else if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_PAINT )
{
wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize();
wxPaintDC dc(this);
/*
// Buffered paint DC doesn't seem to do much good
if ( !ms_doubleBuffer ||
clientSize.x > ms_doubleBuffer->GetWidth() ||
clientSize.y > ms_doubleBuffer->GetHeight() )
{
delete ms_doubleBuffer;
ms_doubleBuffer = new wxBitmap(clientSize.x+25,clientSize.y+25);
}
wxBufferedPaintDC dc(this,*ms_doubleBuffer);
*/
wxRect rect(0,0,clientSize.x,clientSize.y);
rect.x -= 1;
rect.width += 1;
m_boxHeight = propGrid->GetFontHeight();
wxColour bgcol = GetBackgroundColour();
dc.SetBrush( bgcol );
dc.SetPen( bgcol );
dc.DrawRectangle( rect );
wxColour txcol = GetForegroundColour();
int state = m_state;
if ( m_font.GetWeight() == wxBOLD )
state |= 2;
DrawSimpleCheckBox(dc,rect,m_boxHeight,state,txcol);
// If focused, indicate it somehow.
/*
if ( wxWindow::FindFocus() == this )
{
rect.x += 1;
rect.width -= 1;
wxPGDrawFocusRect(dc,rect);
}
*/
return true;
}
else if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SIZE ||
event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS ||
event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
)
{
Refresh();
}
else if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
{
wxKeyEvent& keyEv = (wxKeyEvent&) event;
if ( keyEv.GetKeyCode() == WXK_TAB )
{
propGrid->SendNavigationKeyEvent( keyEv.ShiftDown()?0:1 );
return true;
}
else
if ( keyEv.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SPACE )
{
SetValue(2);
return true;
}
}
return wxControl::ProcessEvent(event);
}
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
wxWindow* wxPGCheckBoxEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
wxWindow** ) const
#else
wxPGWindowPair wxPGCheckBoxEditor::CreateControls( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxPGProperty* property,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size ) const
#endif
{
wxPoint pt = pos;
pt.x -= wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET;
wxSize sz = size;
sz.x += wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET;
wxSimpleCheckBox* cb = new wxSimpleCheckBox(propGrid,wxPG_SUBID1,pt,sz);
cb->SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
cb->Connect( wxPG_SUBID1, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
(wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)
&wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent, NULL, propGrid );
cb->Connect( wxPG_SUBID1, wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
(wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)
&wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent, NULL, propGrid );
if ( property->GetChoiceInfo((wxPGChoiceInfo*)NULL) &&
!(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
cb->m_state = 1;
// If mouse cursor was on the item, toggle the value now.
if ( propGrid->GetInternalFlags() & wxPG_FL_ACTIVATION_BY_CLICK )
{
wxPoint pt = propGrid->ScreenToClient(::wxGetMousePosition());
if ( pt.x <= (cb->GetPosition().x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT-2+cb->m_boxHeight) )
{
cb->m_state++;
if ( cb->m_state > 1 )
cb->m_state = 0;
property->ClearFlag(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED);
property->SetValueFromInt(cb->m_state,0);
propGrid->PropertyWasModified(property);
}
}
return cb;
}
void wxPGCheckBoxEditor::DrawValue( wxDC& dc, wxPGProperty* property, const wxRect& rect ) const
{
int state = 0;
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
{
state = property->GetChoiceInfo((wxPGChoiceInfo*)NULL);
if ( dc.GetFont().GetWeight() == wxBOLD ) state |= 2;
}
DrawSimpleCheckBox(dc,rect,dc.GetCharHeight(),state,dc.GetTextForeground());
}
void wxPGCheckBoxEditor::UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxASSERT( ctrl );
((wxSimpleCheckBox*)ctrl)->m_state = property->GetChoiceInfo((wxPGChoiceInfo*)NULL);
ctrl->Refresh();
}
bool wxPGCheckBoxEditor::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* WXUNUSED(propGrid), wxPGProperty* WXUNUSED(property),
wxWindow* WXUNUSED(ctrl), wxEvent& event ) const
{
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED )
{
/*if ( CopyValueFromControl( property, ctrl ) )
return true;
propGrid->EditorsValueWasNotModified();
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(property);*/
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool wxPGCheckBoxEditor::CopyValueFromControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
wxSimpleCheckBox* cb = (wxSimpleCheckBox*)ctrl;
int index = cb->m_state;
if ( index != property->GetChoiceInfo( (wxPGChoiceInfo*) NULL ) ||
// Changing unspecified always causes event (returning
// true here should be enough to trigger it).
property->IsFlagSet(wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED)
)
{
property->SetValueFromInt(index,0);
return true;
}
return false;
}
void wxPGCheckBoxEditor::SetControlIntValue( wxWindow* ctrl, int value ) const
{
if ( value != 0 ) value = 1;
((wxSimpleCheckBox*)ctrl)->m_state = value;
ctrl->Refresh();
}
void wxPGCheckBoxEditor::SetValueToUnspecified( wxWindow* ctrl ) const
{
((wxSimpleCheckBox*)ctrl)->m_state = 0;
ctrl->Refresh();
}
wxPGCheckBoxEditor::~wxPGCheckBoxEditor() { }
#endif // wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGBrush
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This class is a wxBrush derivative used in the background colour
// brush cache. It adds wxPG-type colour-in-long to the class.
// JMS: Yes I know wxBrush doesn't actually hold the value (refcounted
// object does), but this is simpler implementation and equally
// effective.
//
class wxPGBrush : public wxBrush
{
public:
wxPGBrush( const wxColour& colour );
wxPGBrush();
virtual ~wxPGBrush() { }
void SetColour2( const wxColour& colour );
inline long GetColourAsLong() const { return m_colAsLong; }
private:
long m_colAsLong;
};
void wxPGBrush::SetColour2( const wxColour& colour )
{
wxBrush::SetColour(colour);
m_colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
}
wxPGBrush::wxPGBrush() : wxBrush()
{
m_colAsLong = 0;
}
wxPGBrush::wxPGBrush( const wxColour& colour ) : wxBrush(colour)
{
m_colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGColour
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Same as wxPGBrush, but for wxColour instead.
//
class wxPGColour : public wxColour
{
public:
wxPGColour( const wxColour& colour );
wxPGColour();
virtual ~wxPGColour() { }
void SetColour2( const wxColour& colour );
inline long GetColourAsLong() const { return m_colAsLong; }
private:
long m_colAsLong;
};
void wxPGColour::SetColour2( const wxColour& colour )
{
*this = colour;
m_colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
}
wxPGColour::wxPGColour() : wxColour()
{
m_colAsLong = 0;
}
wxPGColour::wxPGColour( const wxColour& colour ) : wxColour(colour)
{
m_colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGTLWHandler
// Intercepts Close-events sent to wxPropertyGrid's top-level parent,
// and tries to commit property value.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxPGTLWHandler : public wxEvtHandler
{
public:
wxPGTLWHandler( wxPropertyGrid* pg )
: wxEvtHandler()
{
m_pg = pg;
}
protected:
void OnClose( wxCloseEvent& event )
{
// ClearSelection forces value validation/commit.
if ( event.CanVeto() && !m_pg->ClearSelection() )
{
event.Veto();
return;
}
event.Skip();
}
private:
wxPropertyGrid* m_pg;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
};
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPGTLWHandler, wxEvtHandler)
EVT_CLOSE(wxPGTLWHandler::OnClose)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPropertyGrid, wxScrolledWindow)
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPropertyGrid, wxScrolledWindow)
EVT_MOTION(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseMove)
EVT_IDLE(wxPropertyGrid::OnIdle)
EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseClick)
EVT_LEFT_UP(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseUp)
EVT_RIGHT_UP(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseRightClick)
EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseDoubleClick)
EVT_PAINT(wxPropertyGrid::OnPaint)
EVT_SIZE(wxPropertyGrid::OnResize)
EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxPropertyGrid::OnKey)
EVT_KEY_UP(wxPropertyGrid::OnKeyUp)
EVT_CHAR(wxPropertyGrid::OnKey)
EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseEntry)
EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseEntry)
EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED(wxPropertyGrid::OnCaptureChange)
EVT_SCROLLWIN(wxPropertyGrid::OnScrollEvent)
EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(wxPropertyGrid::OnNavigationKey)
EVT_TEXT(wxPG_SUBID1,wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent)
EVT_COMBOBOX(wxPG_SUBID1,wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent)
EVT_BUTTON(wxPG_SUBID2,wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent)
EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(wxPropertyGrid::OnChildFocusEvent)
EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxPropertyGrid::OnFocusEvent)
EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxPropertyGrid::OnFocusEvent)
EVT_TEXT_ENTER(wxPG_SUBID1,wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent)
EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxPropertyGrid::OnSysColourChanged)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGrid::wxPropertyGrid()
: wxScrolledWindow()
{
Init1();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGrid::wxPropertyGrid( wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
long style,
const wxChar* name )
: wxScrolledWindow()
{
Init1();
Create(parent,id,pos,size,style,name);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::Create( wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
long style,
const wxChar* name )
{
if ( !(style&wxBORDER_MASK) )
style |= wxSIMPLE_BORDER;
style |= wxVSCROLL;
#ifdef __WXMSW__
// This prevents crash under Win2K, but still
// enables keyboard navigation
if ( style & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL )
{
style &= ~(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
style |= wxWANTS_CHARS;
}
#else
if ( style & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL )
style |= wxWANTS_CHARS;
#endif
wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent,id,pos,size,style,name);
Init2();
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
static void wxPGRegisterStandardPropertyClasses();
//
// Initialize values to defaults
//
void wxPropertyGrid::Init1()
{
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
#if !wxPG_USE_WXMODULE
if ( !wxPGGlobalVars )
wxPGGlobalVars = new wxPGGlobalVarsClass();
#endif
// Register type classes, if necessary.
if ( wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.empty() )
RegisterDefaultValues();
// Register editor classes, if necessary.
if ( wxPGGlobalVars->m_mapEditorClasses.empty() )
RegisterDefaultEditors();
// Register property classes, if necessary
if ( wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo.empty() )
wxPGRegisterStandardPropertyClasses();
m_iFlags = 0;
m_pState = (wxPropertyGridState*) NULL;
m_wndPrimary = m_wndSecondary = (wxWindow*) NULL;
m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
m_propHover = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
m_eventObject = this;
m_curFocused = (wxWindow*) NULL;
m_tlwHandler = NULL;
m_processingEvent = 0;
m_dragStatus = 0;
m_mouseSide = 16;
m_editorFocused = 0;
m_coloursCustomized = 0;
m_frozen = 0;
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
m_doubleBuffer = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
#endif
m_windowsToDelete = NULL;
#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
m_expandbmp = NULL;
m_collbmp = NULL;
m_iconWidth = 11;
m_iconHeight = 11;
#else
m_iconWidth = wxPG_ICON_WIDTH;
#endif
m_prevVY = -1;
m_calcVisHeight = 0;
m_gutterWidth = wxPG_GUTTER_MIN;
m_subgroup_extramargin = 10;
m_lineHeight = 0;
m_width = m_height = m_fWidth = 0;
m_bottomy = 0;
m_splitterx = wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX;
m_fSplitterX = (float) wxPG_DEFAULT_SPLITTERX;
#if !wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
m_splitterpen.SetColour( *wxBLACK );
m_splitterpen.SetWidth( 4 );
m_splitterprevdrawnx = -1;
#endif
SetButtonShortcut(0);
m_keyComboConsumed = 0;
m_ignoredEvents = 0;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Initialize after parent etc. set
//
void wxPropertyGrid::Init2()
{
wxASSERT( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED ) );
#ifdef __WXMAC__
// Smaller controls on Mac
SetWindowVariant(wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL);
#endif
// Now create state, if one didn't exist already
// (wxPropertyGridManager might have created it for us).
if ( !m_pState )
{
m_pState = CreateState();
m_pState->m_pPropGrid = this;
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_CREATEDSTATE;
}
if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER) )
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES )
{
m_pState->InitNonCatMode();
FROM_STATE(m_properties) = FROM_STATE(m_abcArray);
}
GetClientSize(&m_width,&m_height);
#if !wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
m_splitterpen.SetColour( *wxBLACK );
m_splitterpen.SetWidth( 4 );
#endif
#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
// create two bitmap nodes for drawing
m_expandbmp = new wxBitmap(expand_xpm);
m_collbmp = new wxBitmap(collapse_xpm);
// calculate average font height for bitmap centering
m_iconWidth = m_expandbmp->GetWidth();
m_iconHeight = m_expandbmp->GetHeight();
#endif
m_curcursor = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
m_cursorSizeWE = new wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
// adjust bitmap icon y position so they are centered
m_vspacing = wxPG_DEFAULT_VSPACING;
if ( !m_font.Ok() )
{
wxFont useFont = wxScrolledWindow::GetFont();
wxScrolledWindow::SetOwnFont( useFont );
}
else
// This should be otherwise called by SetOwnFont
CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( wxPG_DEFAULT_VSPACING );
// Add base brush item
m_arrBgBrushes.Add((void*)new wxPGBrush());
// Add base colour items
m_arrFgCols.Add((void*)new wxPGColour());
m_arrFgCols.Add((void*)new wxPGColour());
RegainColours();
// This helps with flicker
SetBackgroundStyle( wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM );
// Hook the TLW
wxPGTLWHandler* handler = new wxPGTLWHandler(this);
m_tlp = ::wxGetTopLevelParent(this);
m_tlwHandler = handler;
m_tlp->PushEventHandler(handler);
// set virtual size to this window size
wxSize wndsize = GetSize();
SetVirtualSize(wndsize.GetWidth(), wndsize.GetWidth());
m_timeCreated = ::wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED;
// Need to call OnResize handler or size given in constructor/Create
// will never work.
wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wndsize,0);
OnResize(sizeEvent);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGrid::~wxPropertyGrid()
{
size_t i;
DoSelectProperty(NULL);
// This should do prevent things from going too badly wrong
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED);
END_MOUSE_CAPTURE
wxPGTLWHandler* handler = (wxPGTLWHandler*) m_tlwHandler;
m_tlp->RemoveEventHandler(handler);
delete handler;
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( IsEditorsValueModified() )
::wxMessageBox(wxT("Most recent change in property editor was lost!!!\n\n(if you don't want this to happen, close your frames and dialogs using Close(false).)"),
wxT("wxPropertyGrid Debug Warning") );
#endif
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
if ( m_doubleBuffer )
delete m_doubleBuffer;
#endif
delete m_windowsToDelete;
m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_CREATEDSTATE )
delete m_pState;
delete m_cursorSizeWE;
#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
delete m_expandbmp;
delete m_collbmp;
#endif
// Delete cached text colours.
for ( i=0; i<m_arrFgCols.GetCount(); i++ )
{
delete (wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(i);
}
// Delete cached brushes.
for ( i=0; i<m_arrBgBrushes.GetCount(); i++ )
{
delete (wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes.Item(i);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::Destroy()
{
END_MOUSE_CAPTURE
return wxScrolledWindow::Destroy();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridState* wxPropertyGrid::CreateState() const
{
return new wxPropertyGridState();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid overridden wxWindow methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetWindowStyleFlag( long style )
{
long old_style = m_windowStyle;
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED )
{
wxASSERT( m_pState );
if ( !(style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) && (old_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
{
// Enable categories
EnableCategories( true );
}
else if ( (style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) && !(old_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
{
// Disable categories
EnableCategories( false );
}
if ( !(old_style & wxPG_AUTO_SORT) && (style & wxPG_AUTO_SORT) )
{
//
// Autosort enabled
//
if ( !m_frozen )
PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
else
FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) = 1;
}
#if wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
if ( !(old_style & wxPG_TOOLTIPS) && (style & wxPG_TOOLTIPS) )
{
//
// Tooltips enabled
//
/*wxToolTip* tooltip = new wxToolTip ( wxEmptyString );
SetToolTip ( tooltip );
tooltip->SetDelay ( wxPG_TOOLTIP_DELAY );*/
}
else if ( (old_style & wxPG_TOOLTIPS) && !(style & wxPG_TOOLTIPS) )
{
//
// Tooltips disabled
//
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip ( (wxToolTip*) NULL );
}
#endif
}
wxScrolledWindow::SetWindowStyleFlag ( style );
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED )
{
if ( (old_style & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) != (style & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) )
{
CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( m_vspacing );
RedrawAllVisible();
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Freeze()
{
m_frozen++;
wxScrolledWindow::Freeze();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Thaw()
{
m_frozen--;
wxScrolledWindow::Thaw();
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
Refresh();
#endif
// Force property re-selection
if ( m_selected )
DoSelectProperty(m_selected, wxPG_SEL_FORCE);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetExtraStyle( long exStyle )
{
if ( exStyle & wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING )
{
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
/*
// Don't use WS_EX_COMPOSITED just now.
HWND hWnd;
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_IN_MANAGER )
hWnd = (HWND)GetParent()->GetHWND();
else
hWnd = (HWND)GetHWND();
::SetWindowLong( hWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE,
::GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) | WS_EX_COMPOSITED );
*/
//#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#endif
// Only apply wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING if the window
// truly was double-buffered.
if ( !wxPGIsWindowBuffered(this) )
{
exStyle &= ~(wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING);
}
else
{
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
delete m_doubleBuffer;
m_doubleBuffer = NULL;
#endif
}
}
wxScrolledWindow::SetExtraStyle( exStyle );
if ( exStyle & wxPG_EX_INIT_NOCAT )
m_pState->InitNonCatMode ();
if ( exStyle & wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS )
m_windowStyle |= wxPG_TOOLTIPS;
if ( exStyle & wxPG_EX_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED_VALUES )
{
wxPGGlobalVars->m_numBoolChoices = 3;
}
else
{
wxPGGlobalVars->m_numBoolChoices = 2;
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// returns the best acceptable minimal size
wxSize wxPropertyGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
{
int hei = 15;
if ( m_lineHeight > hei )
hei = m_lineHeight;
wxSize sz = wxSize( 60, hei+40 );
CacheBestSize(sz);
return sz;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid Font and Colour Methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( int vspacing )
{
int x = 0, y = 0;
m_captionFont = GetFont();
GetTextExtent(wxT("jG"), &x, &y, 0, 0, &m_captionFont);
m_subgroup_extramargin = x + (x/2);
m_fontHeight = y;
#if wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE
m_iconWidth = wxPG_ICON_WIDTH;
#elif wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
// scale icon
m_iconWidth = (m_fontHeight * wxPG_ICON_WIDTH) / 13;
if ( m_iconWidth < 5 ) m_iconWidth = 5;
else if ( !(m_iconWidth & 0x01) ) m_iconWidth++; // must be odd
#endif
m_gutterWidth = m_iconWidth / wxPG_GUTTER_DIV;
if ( m_gutterWidth < wxPG_GUTTER_MIN )
m_gutterWidth = wxPG_GUTTER_MIN;
int vdiv = 6;
if ( vspacing <= 1 ) vdiv = 12;
else if ( vspacing >= 3 ) vdiv = 3;
m_spacingy = m_fontHeight / vdiv;
if ( m_spacingy < wxPG_YSPACING_MIN )
m_spacingy = wxPG_YSPACING_MIN;
m_marginWidth = 0;
if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) )
m_marginWidth = m_gutterWidth*2 + m_iconWidth;
m_captionFont.SetWeight(wxBOLD);
GetTextExtent(wxT("jG"), &x, &y, 0, 0, &m_captionFont);
m_lineHeight = m_fontHeight+(2*m_spacingy)+1;
// button spacing
m_buttonSpacingY = (m_lineHeight - m_iconHeight) / 2;
if ( m_buttonSpacingY < 0 ) m_buttonSpacingY = 0;
InvalidateBestSize();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
{
RegainColours();
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
static wxColour wxPGAdjustColour(const wxColour& src, int ra,
int ga = 1000, int ba = 1000,
bool forceDifferent = false)
{
if ( ga >= 1000 )
ga = ra;
if ( ba >= 1000 )
ba = ra;
// Recursion guard (allow 2 max)
static int isinside = 0;
isinside++;
wxCHECK_MSG( isinside < 3,
*wxBLACK,
wxT("wxPGAdjustColour should not be recursively called more than once") );
wxColour dst;
int r = src.Red();
int g = src.Green();
int b = src.Blue();
int r2 = r + ra;
if ( r2>255 ) r2 = 255;
else if ( r2<0) r2 = 0;
int g2 = g + ga;
if ( g2>255 ) g2 = 255;
else if ( g2<0) g2 = 0;
int b2 = b + ba;
if ( b2>255 ) b2 = 255;
else if ( b2<0) b2 = 0;
// Make sure they are somewhat different
if ( forceDifferent && (abs((r+g+b)-(r2+g2+b2)) < abs(ra/2)) )
dst = wxPGAdjustColour(src,-(ra*2));
else
dst = wxColour(r2,g2,b2);
// Recursion guard (allow 2 max)
isinside--;
return dst;
}
static int wxPGGetColAvg( const wxColour& col )
{
return (col.Red() + col.Green() + col.Blue()) / 3;
}
void wxPropertyGrid::RegainColours()
{
wxColour def_bgcol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0002) )
{
wxColour col = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
// Make sure colour is dark enough
#ifdef __WXGTK__
int colDec = wxPGGetColAvg(col) - 230;
#else
int colDec = wxPGGetColAvg(col) - 200;
#endif
if ( colDec > 0 )
m_colCapBack = wxPGAdjustColour(col,-colDec);
else
m_colCapBack = col;
}
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0001) )
m_colMargin = m_colCapBack;
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0004) )
{
#ifdef __WXGTK__
int colDec = -90;
#else
int colDec = -72;
#endif
wxColour capForeCol = wxPGAdjustColour(m_colCapBack,colDec,5000,5000,true);
m_colCapFore = capForeCol;
// Set the cached colour as well.
((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(1))->SetColour2(capForeCol);
}
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0008) )
{
wxColour bgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
m_colPropBack = bgCol;
// Set the cached brush as well.
((wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes.Item(0))->SetColour2(bgCol);
}
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0010) )
{
wxColour fgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
m_colPropFore = fgCol;
// Set the cached colour as well.
((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(0))->SetColour2(fgCol);
}
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0020) )
m_colSelBack = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT );
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0040) )
m_colSelFore = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT );
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0080) )
m_colLine = m_colCapBack;
if ( !(m_coloursCustomized & 0x0100) )
m_colDisPropFore = m_colCapFore;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::ResetColours()
{
m_coloursCustomized = 0;
RegainColours();
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::SetFont( const wxFont& font )
{
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::SetFont") );
#endif
// Must disable active editor.
if ( m_selected )
{
bool selRes = ClearSelection();
wxPG_CHECK_MSG_DBG( selRes,
false,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
// TODO: Following code is disabled with wxMac because
// it is reported to fail. I (JMS) cannot debug it
// personally right now.
#if !defined(__WXMAC__)
bool res = wxScrolledWindow::SetFont( font );
if ( res )
{
CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( m_vspacing );
if ( m_pState )
{
// Recalculate caption text extents.
// TODO: This should also be done to other pages of manager
// (so add wxPropertyGridManager::SetFont), but since font
// is usually set before categories are added, this is
// quite low priority.
size_t i;
for ( i=0;i<FROM_STATE(m_regularArray).GetCount();i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = FROM_STATE(m_regularArray).Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
((wxPropertyCategoryClass*)p)->CalculateTextExtent(this,m_captionFont);
}
CalculateYs(NULL,-1);
}
Refresh();
}
return res;
#else
// ** wxMAC Only **
// TODO: Remove after SetFont crash fixed.
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: propGrid.cpp: wxPropertyGrid::SetFont has been disabled on wxMac since there has been crash reported in it. If you are willing to debug the cause, replace line '#if !defined(__WXMAC__)' with line '#if 1' in wxPropertyGrid::SetFont."));
}
return false;
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetLineColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colLine = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x80;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetMarginColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colMargin = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x01;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colPropBack = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x08;
// Set the cached brush as well.
((wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes.Item(0))->SetColour2(col);
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colPropFore = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x10;
// Set the cached colour as well.
((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(0))->SetColour2(col);
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCellDisabledTextColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colDisPropFore = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x100;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetSelectionBackground( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colSelBack = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x20;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetSelectionForeground( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colSelFore = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x40;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCaptionBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colCapBack = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x02;
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCaptionForegroundColour( const wxColour& col )
{
m_colCapFore = col;
m_coloursCustomized |= 0x04;
// Set the cached colour as well.
((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(1))->SetColour2(col);
Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetBackgroundColourIndex( wxPGProperty* p, int index, int flags )
{
unsigned char ind = index;
if ( (p->m_bgColIndex == 0) || (flags & (wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS|wxPG_FORCE)) )
p->m_bgColIndex = ind;
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 && (flags & wxPG_RECURSE) )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
unsigned int i;
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
SetBackgroundColourIndex(pwc->Item(i), index, flags & ~(wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS));
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyBackgroundColour( wxPGId id, const wxColour& colour )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
size_t i;
int colInd = -1;
long colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
// As it is most likely that the previous colour is used, start comparison
// from the end.
for ( i=(m_arrBgBrushes.GetCount()-1); i>0; i-- )
{
if ( ((wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes.Item(i))->GetColourAsLong() == colAsLong )
{
colInd = i;
break;
}
}
if ( colInd < 0 )
{
colInd = m_arrBgBrushes.GetCount();
wxCHECK_RET( colInd < 256, wxT("wxPropertyGrid: Warning - Only 255 different property background colours allowed.") );
m_arrBgBrushes.Add( (void*)new wxPGBrush(colour) );
}
// Set indexes
SetBackgroundColourIndex(p, colInd, wxPG_RECURSE|wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS);
// If this was on a visible grid, then draw it.
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxColour wxPropertyGrid::GetPropertyBackgroundColour( wxPGId id ) const
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxColour())
return ((wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes.Item(p->m_bgColIndex))->GetColour();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetTextColourIndex( wxPGProperty* p, int index, int flags )
{
unsigned char ind = index;
if ( (p->m_fgColIndex == 0) || (flags & (wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS|wxPG_FORCE)) )
p->m_fgColIndex = ind;
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 && (flags & wxPG_RECURSE) )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
unsigned int i;
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
SetTextColourIndex( pwc->Item(i), index, flags&~(wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS) );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
int wxPropertyGrid::CacheColour( const wxColour& colour )
{
unsigned int i;
int colInd = -1;
long colAsLong = wxPG_COLOUR(colour.Red(),colour.Green(),colour.Blue());
// As it is most likely that the previous colour is used, start comparison
// from the end.
for ( i=(m_arrFgCols.GetCount()-1); i>0; i-- )
{
if ( ((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(i))->GetColourAsLong() == colAsLong )
{
colInd = i;
break;
}
}
if ( colInd < 0 )
{
colInd = m_arrFgCols.GetCount();
wxCHECK_MSG( colInd < 256, 0, wxT("wxPropertyGrid: Warning - Only 255 different property foreground colours allowed.") );
m_arrFgCols.Add( (void*)new wxPGColour(colour) );
}
return colInd;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyTextColour( wxPGId id, const wxColour& colour )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
// Set indexes
SetTextColourIndex(p, CacheColour(colour), wxPG_RECURSE|wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS );
// If this was on a visible grid, then draw it.
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCaptionTextColour( wxPGId id, const wxColour& colour )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
wxCHECK_RET( p->GetParentingType() == PT_CAPTION,
wxT("Only call SetCaptionTextColour for caption properties") );
// Set indexes
wxPropertyCategoryClass* cat = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) p;
cat->SetTextColIndex(CacheColour(colour));
// If this was on a visible grid, then draw it.
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxColour wxPropertyGrid::GetPropertyTextColour( wxPGId id ) const
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxColour())
return wxColour(*((wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols.Item(p->m_fgColIndex)));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyColourToDefault( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
SetBackgroundColourIndex( p, 0, wxPG_RECURSE|wxPG_FORCE );
SetTextColourIndex( p, 0, wxPG_RECURSE|wxPG_FORCE );
if ( p->GetParentingType() == PT_CAPTION )
{
wxPropertyCategoryClass* cat = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) p;
cat->SetTextColIndex(1);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid property adding and removal
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGrid::Append( wxPGProperty* property )
{
return FROM_STATE(Append(property));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGrid::_Insert( wxPGProperty* priorthis, wxPGProperty* property )
{
wxASSERT( priorthis );
return FROM_STATE(DoInsert(priorthis->GetParent(), priorthis->GetArrIndex(), property));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::Delete( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
wxPropertyGridState* state = p->GetParentState();
wxPropertyGrid* grid = state->GetGrid();
if ( grid->GetState() == state )
{
bool selRes = grid->DoSelectProperty(wxPGIdGen(NULL), wxPG_SEL_DELETING);
wxPG_CHECK_RET_DBG( selRes,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
state->DoDelete( p );
if ( grid->GetState() == state && !grid->IsFrozen() )
{
// This should be enough to resolve even the worst
// graphics glitch imaginable.
grid->Update();
grid->Refresh();
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyContainerMethods::ReplaceProperty( wxPGId id, wxPGProperty* property )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
wxPGProperty* replaced = wxPGIdToPtr(id);
wxCHECK_MSG( replaced && property,
wxNullProperty,
wxT("NULL property") );
wxCHECK_MSG( replaced->GetParentingType() == 0 || replaced->GetParentingType() == -1,
wxNullProperty,
wxT("cannot replace this type of property") );
wxCHECK_MSG( !m_pState->IsInNonCatMode(),
wxNullProperty,
wxT("cannot replace properties in alphabetic mode") );
// Get address to the slot
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = replaced->GetParent();
int ind = replaced->GetIndexInParent();
wxPropertyGridState* state = replaced->GetParentState();
Delete(replaced); // Must use generic Delete
state->DoInsert(parent,ind,property);
return wxPGIdGen(property);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::PrepareAfterItemsAdded()
{
if ( !FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) ) return;
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("PrepareAfterItemsAdded( in thread 0x%lX )"),
(unsigned long)wxThread::GetCurrentId());
#endif
FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) = 0;
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_AUTO_SORT )
{
Sort ();
}
else
{
if ( m_bottomy < 1 )
CalculateYs( NULL, -1 );
else
{
RecalculateVirtualSize();
// Update visibles array (maybe not necessary here, but just in case)
CalculateVisibles ( -1, true );
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid property value setting and getting
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGGetFailed( const wxPGProperty* p, const wxChar* typestr )
{
wxPGTypeOperationFailed(p,typestr,wxT("Get"));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGTypeOperationFailed( const wxPGProperty* p, const wxChar* typestr,
const wxChar* op )
{
wxASSERT( p != NULL );
wxLogError( _("Type operation \"%s\" failed: Property labeled \"%s\" is of type \"%s\", NOT \"%s\"."),
op,p->GetLabel().c_str(),wxPG_TO_WXCHAR_PTR(p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetCustomTypeName()),typestr );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyValue( wxPGId id, const wxPGValueType* typeclass, const wxPGVariant& value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
if ( p && m_pState->SetPropertyValue(p,typeclass,value) )
DrawItemAndValueRelated( p );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyValue( wxPGId id, const wxChar* typestring, const wxPGVariant& value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
if ( p && m_pState->SetPropertyValue(p,typestring,value) )
DrawItemAndValueRelated( p );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyValueString( wxPGId id, const wxString& value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
if ( m_pState->SetPropertyValueString(p,value) )
DrawItemAndValueRelated( p );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyValueWxObjectPtr( wxPGId id, wxObject* value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
if ( m_pState->SetPropertyValueWxObjectPtr(p,value) )
DrawItemAndValueRelated( p );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyValue( wxPGId id, wxVariant& value )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
if ( m_pState->SetPropertyValue(p,value) )
DrawItemAndValueRelated( p );
}
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::ClearPropertyValue( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
if ( m_pState->ClearPropertyValue(p) )
{
DrawItemAndChildren( p );
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyUnspecified( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
m_pState->SetPropertyUnspecified(p);
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = p->GetParent();
while ( parent->GetParentingType() <= PT_FIXEDCHILDREN )
{
DrawItem(parent);
parent = parent->GetParent();
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid miscellaneous GetPropertyXXX methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyCategoryClass* wxPropertyGrid::_GetPropertyCategory( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxPGProperty* parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
wxPGProperty* grandparent = (wxPGProperty*)parent->GetParent();
do
{
parent = grandparent;
grandparent = (wxPGProperty*)parent->GetParent();
if ( parent->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION && grandparent )
return (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)parent;
} while ( grandparent );
return (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) NULL;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid property operations
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::EnableProperty( wxPGId id, bool enable )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
if ( enable )
{
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED) )
return false;
// If active, Set active Editor.
if ( p == m_selected )
DoSelectProperty( p, wxPG_SEL_FORCE );
}
else
{
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED )
return false;
// If active, Disable as active Editor.
if ( p == m_selected )
DoSelectProperty( p, wxPG_SEL_FORCE );
}
m_pState->EnableProperty(p,enable);
DrawItemAndChildren( p );
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::LimitPropertyEditing( wxPGId id, bool limit )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
m_pState->LimitPropertyEditing(p,limit);
if ( p == m_selected )
DoSelectProperty( p, wxPG_SEL_FORCE );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::_SetPropertyLabel( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& newproplabel )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
p->m_label = newproplabel;
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_AUTO_SORT )
{
Sort(p->GetParent());
Refresh();
}
else
DrawItem ( p );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::DoSetPropertyName( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& newname )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyName( %s -> %s )"),
p->GetName().c_str(), newname.c_str() );
#endif
if ( p->GetName().Len() ) FROM_STATE(m_dictName).erase ( wxPGNameConv(p->GetName()) );
if ( newname.Len() ) FROM_STATE(m_dictName)[newname] = (void*) p;
p->DoSetName(newname);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::EnsureVisible( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
Update();
bool changed = false;
// Is it inside collapsed section?
if ( p->m_y < 0 )
{
// expand parents
wxPGProperty* parent = p->GetParent();
wxPGProperty* grandparent = parent->GetParent();
if ( grandparent && grandparent != FROM_STATE(m_properties) )
Expand ( grandparent );
Expand ( parent );
changed = true;
}
// Need to scroll?
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
if ( p->m_y < vy )
{
Scroll (vx, p->m_y/wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT );
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SCROLLED;
changed = true;
}
else if ( (p->m_y+m_lineHeight) > (vy+m_height) )
{
Scroll (vx, (p->m_y-m_height+(m_lineHeight*2))/wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT );
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SCROLLED;
changed = true;
}
if ( changed )
DrawItems ( p, p );
return changed;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid helper methods called by properties
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Fixes position of wxTextCtrl-like control (wxSpinCtrl usually
// fits into that category as well).
void wxPropertyGrid::FixPosForTextCtrl( wxWindow* ctrl )
{
// Center the control vertically
wxRect finalPos = ctrl->GetRect();
int y_adj = (m_lineHeight - finalPos.height)/2 + wxPG_TEXTCTRLYADJUST;
// Prevent over-sized control
int sz_dec = (y_adj + finalPos.height) - m_lineHeight;
if ( sz_dec < 0 ) sz_dec = 0;
finalPos.y += y_adj;
finalPos.height -= (y_adj+sz_dec);
// STUPID HACK: wxTextCtrl has different indentation with different
// fonts, so this is to solve most common case (ie. using MS Shell Dlg 2
// or Tahoma - which are usually the same).
/*#ifdef __WXMSW__
wxString faceName = m_font.GetFaceName();
int textCtrlXAdjust = wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST;
if ( (faceName == wxT("MS Shell Dlg 2") ||
faceName == wxT("Tahoma")) &&
m_font.GetWeight() != wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD )
textCtrlXAdjust = 0;
#else*/
const int textCtrlXAdjust = wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST;
//#endif
finalPos.x += textCtrlXAdjust;
finalPos.width -= textCtrlXAdjust;
ctrl->SetSize(finalPos);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Control font changer helper.
void wxPropertyGrid::SetCurControlBoldFont()
{
wxASSERT( m_wndPrimary );
m_wndPrimary->SetFont( m_captionFont );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxWindow* wxPropertyGrid::GenerateEditorTextCtrl( const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
const wxString& value,
wxWindow* secondary,
int extraStyle,
int maxLen )
{
int tcFlags = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | extraStyle;
if ( m_selected->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY) )
tcFlags |= wxTE_READONLY;
wxPoint p(pos.x,pos.y);
wxSize s(sz.x,sz.y);
// Need to reduce width of text control on Mac
#if defined(__WXMAC__)
s.x -= 8;
#endif
// Take button into acccount
if ( secondary )
{
s.x -= (secondary->GetSize().x + wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING);
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE);
}
// If the height is significantly higher, then use border, and fill the rect exactly.
bool hasSpecialSize = false;
if ( (sz.y - m_lineHeight) > 5 )
hasSpecialSize = true;
#if wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY
// Create clipper window
wxPGClipperWindow* wnd = new wxPGClipperWindow();
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
wnd->Hide();
#endif
wnd->Create(this,wxPG_SUBID1,p,s);
// This generates rect of the control inside the clipper window
if ( !hasSpecialSize )
wnd->GetControlRect(wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_X, wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_Y, p, s);
else
wnd->GetControlRect(0, 0, p, s);
wxWindow* ctrlParent = wnd;
#else
wxWindow* ctrlParent = this;
if ( !hasSpecialSize )
tcFlags |= wxNO_BORDER;
#endif
wxTextCtrl* tc = new wxTextCtrl();
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY
tc->Hide();
#endif
tc->Create(ctrlParent,wxPG_SUBID1,value, p, s,tcFlags);
#if wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY
wxWindow* ed = wnd;
wnd->SetControl(tc);
#else
wxWindow* ed = tc;
#endif
// Center the control vertically
if ( !hasSpecialSize )
FixPosForTextCtrl(ed);
#ifdef __WXMSW__
ed->Show();
if ( secondary )
secondary->Show();
#endif
// Set maximum length
if ( maxLen > 0 )
tc->SetMaxLength( maxLen );
return (wxWindow*) ed;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxWindow* wxPropertyGrid::GenerateEditorButton( const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz )
{
#ifdef __WXMAC__
// Decorations are chunky on Mac, and we can't make the button square, so
// do things a bit differently on this platform.
wxPoint p(pos.x+sz.x,
pos.y+wxPG_BUTTON_SIZEDEC-wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y);
wxSize s(25, -1);
wxButton* but = new wxButton();
but->Create(this,wxPG_SUBID2,wxT("..."),p,s,wxWANTS_CHARS);
// Now that we know the size, move to the correct position
p.x = pos.x + sz.x - but->GetSize().x - 2;
but->Move(p);
#else
wxSize s(sz.y-(wxPG_BUTTON_SIZEDEC*2)+(wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y*2),
sz.y-(wxPG_BUTTON_SIZEDEC*2)+(wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y*2));
// Reduce button width to lineheight
if ( s.x > m_lineHeight )
s.x = m_lineHeight;
wxPoint p(pos.x+sz.x-s.x,
pos.y+wxPG_BUTTON_SIZEDEC-wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y);
wxButton* but = new wxButton();
#ifdef __WXMSW__
but->Hide();
#endif
but->Create(this,wxPG_SUBID2,wxT("..."),p,s,wxWANTS_CHARS);
but->SetFont( m_captionFont );
#endif
if ( m_selected->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY) )
but->Disable();
return but;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxWindow* wxPropertyGrid::GenerateEditorTextCtrlAndButton( const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& sz,
wxWindow** psecondary,
int limitedEditing,
wxPGProperty* property )
{
wxButton* but = (wxButton*)GenerateEditorButton(pos,sz);
*psecondary = (wxWindow*)but;
if ( limitedEditing )
{
#ifdef __WXMSW__
// There is button Show in GenerateEditorTextCtrl as well
but->Show();
#endif
return (wxWindow*) NULL;
}
wxString text;
if ( !(property->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
text = property->GetValueAsString(property->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY)?0:wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE);
return GenerateEditorTextCtrl(pos,sz,text,but,property->m_maxLen);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPoint wxPropertyGrid::GetGoodEditorDialogPosition( wxPGProperty* p,
const wxSize& sz )
{
#if wxPG_SMALL_SCREEN
// On small-screen devices, always show dialogs with default position and size.
return wxDefaultPosition;
#else
int x = m_splitterx;
int y = p->m_y;
wxCHECK_MSG( y >= 0, wxPoint(-1,-1), wxT("invalid y?") );
wxCHECK_MSG( y < (int)m_bottomy, wxPoint(-1,-1), wxT("invalid y?") );
ImprovedClientToScreen( &x, &y );
int sw = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( ::wxSYS_SCREEN_X );
int sh = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( ::wxSYS_SCREEN_Y );
int new_x;
int new_y;
if ( x > (sw/2) )
// left
new_x = x + (m_width-m_splitterx) - sz.x;
else
// right
new_x = x;
if ( y > (sh/2) )
// above
new_y = y - sz.y;
else
// below
new_y = y + m_lineHeight;
return wxPoint(new_x,new_y);
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SLAlloc( unsigned int itemcount, const wxChar** items )
{
wxArrayString& sl = m_sl;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int sl_oldcount = sl.GetCount();
if ( sl_oldcount > itemcount ) sl_oldcount = itemcount;
#if wxUSE_INTL
if ( !wxPGGlobalVars->m_autoGetTranslation )
{
#endif
for ( i=0; i<sl_oldcount; i++ )
sl.Item(i) = items[i];
for ( i=sl_oldcount; i<itemcount; i++ )
sl.Add ( items[i] );
#if wxUSE_INTL
}
else
{
for ( i=0; i<sl_oldcount; i++ )
sl.Item(i) = ::wxGetTranslation ( items[i] );
for ( i=sl_oldcount; i<itemcount; i++ )
sl.Add ( ::wxGetTranslation ( items[i] ) );
}
#endif
}
wxString& wxPropertyGrid::ExpandEscapeSequences( wxString& dst_str, wxString& src_str )
{
if ( src_str.length() == 0 )
{
dst_str = src_str;
return src_str;
}
bool prev_is_slash = false;
wxString::const_iterator i = src_str.begin();
dst_str.clear();
for ( ; i != src_str.end(); i++ )
{
wxUniChar a = wxPGGetIterChar(src_str, i);
if ( a != wxT('\\') )
{
if ( !prev_is_slash )
{
dst_str << a;
}
else
{
if ( a == wxT('n') )
{
#ifdef __WXMSW__
dst_str << wxT('\n');
//dst_str << wxT('\10');
#else
dst_str << wxT('\n');
//dst_str << 10;
#endif
}
else if ( a == wxT('t') )
dst_str << wxT('\t');
else
dst_str << a;
}
prev_is_slash = false;
}
else
{
if ( prev_is_slash )
{
dst_str << wxT('\\');
prev_is_slash = false;
}
else
{
prev_is_slash = true;
}
}
}
return dst_str;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxString& wxPropertyGrid::CreateEscapeSequences( wxString& dst_str, wxString& src_str )
{
if ( src_str.length() == 0 )
{
dst_str = src_str;
return src_str;
}
wxString::const_iterator i = src_str.begin();
wxChar prev_a = wxT('\0');
dst_str.clear();
for ( ; i != src_str.end(); i++ )
{
wxChar a = wxPGGetIterChar(src_str, i);
if ( a >= wxT(' ')
#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
|| a < 0
#endif
)
{
// This surely is not something that requires an escape sequence.
dst_str << a;
}
else
{
// This might need...
if ( a == wxT('\r') )
{
// DOS style line end.
// Already taken care below
//dst_str = wxT("\\n");
//src++;
}
else if ( a == wxT('\n') )
// UNIX style line end.
dst_str << wxT("\\n");
else if ( a == wxT('\t') )
// Tab.
dst_str << wxT('\t');
else
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: Could not create escape sequence for character #%i"),(int)a);
dst_str << a;
}
}
prev_a = a;
}
return dst_str;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Item iteration macros
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define II_INVALID_I 0x00FFFFFF
#define ITEM_ITERATION_VARIABLES \
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent; \
unsigned int i; \
unsigned int iMax;
#define ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_VARIABLES \
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent; \
unsigned int i; \
unsigned int iMax;
#define ITEM_ITERATION_INIT_FROM_THE_TOP \
parent = FROM_STATE(m_properties); \
i = 0;
#define ITEM_ITERATION_INIT(startparent,startindex) \
parent = startparent; \
i = (unsigned int)startindex; \
if ( parent == (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL ) \
{ \
parent = FROM_STATE(m_properties); \
i = 0; \
}
#define ITEM_ITERATION_LOOP_BEGIN \
unsigned char parent_expanded; \
do \
{ \
parent_expanded = (unsigned char)parent->m_expanded; \
if ( parent->m_parent && !parent->m_parent->m_expanded ) \
parent_expanded = 0; \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
while ( i < iMax ) \
{ \
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i); \
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
#define ITEM_ITERATION_LOOP_END \
if ( parenting ) \
{ \
i = 0; \
parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p; \
if ( parent_expanded ) \
parent_expanded = (unsigned char)parent->m_expanded; \
else \
parent_expanded = 0; \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
} \
else \
i++; \
} \
i = parent->m_arrIndex + 1; \
parent = parent->m_parent; \
} \
while ( parent != NULL );
// DCAE = Don't care about parent_expanded (this is the least space hungry method).
#define ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_BEGIN \
do \
{ \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
while ( i < iMax ) \
{ \
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i); \
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
#define ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_END \
if ( parenting ) \
{ \
i = 0; \
parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p; \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
} \
else \
i++; \
} \
i = parent->m_arrIndex + 1; \
parent = parent->m_parent; \
} \
while ( parent != NULL );
// DCAE_ISP = Don't care about parent_expanded, Ignore sub-properties.
// Note that this treats fixed sub-properties same as sub-properties
// of wxParentProperty. Mode conversion requires this behaviour.
#define ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_BEGIN \
do \
{ \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
while ( i < iMax ) \
{ \
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i); \
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
#define ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_END \
if ( parenting > 0 ) \
{ \
i = 0; \
parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p; \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
} \
else \
i++; \
} \
i = parent->m_arrIndex + 1; \
parent = parent->m_parent; \
} \
while ( parent != (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL );
// VO = Visible only (including those outside the scrolled section).
#define ITEM_ITERATION_VO_LOOP_BEGIN \
if ( (parent == FROM_STATE(m_properties) || parent->m_y >= 0) && parent->m_expanded ) \
{ \
do \
{ \
iMax = parent->GetCount(); \
while ( i < iMax ) \
{ \
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i); \
if ( p->m_y >= 0 ) \
{ \
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
#define ITEM_ITERATION_VO_LOOP_END \
if ( parenting && ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->m_expanded ) \
{ \
parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p; \
i = 0; \
break; \
} \
} \
i++; \
} \
if ( i >= iMax ) \
{ \
i = parent->m_arrIndex + 1; \
parent = parent->m_parent; \
} \
} \
while ( parent != (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL ); \
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid visibility related methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::CalculateYs( wxPGPropertyWithChildren* startparent,
int startindex )
{
// Selection must be temporarily cleared during y-recalc
wxPGProperty* prevSelected = m_selected;
if ( prevSelected )
{
bool selRes = ClearSelection();
wxPG_CHECK_RET_DBG( selRes,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
ITEM_ITERATION_VARIABLES
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("CalculateYs(startsfrom: %s[%i] ) "),
startparent?startparent->m_label.c_str():wxT("NULL"),
startindex);
#endif
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT(startparent,startindex)
wxASSERT( !m_frozen );
int cury = 0;
int lh = m_lineHeight;
if ( startparent != NULL )
cury = parent->Item(i)->m_y;
wxASSERT_MSG( cury >= 0, wxT("CalculateYs first item was not visible!!!") );
long hide_state = m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE;
bool inside_hidden_part = false;
//parent_expanded = (unsigned char)parent->m_expanded;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* nearest_expanded = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL;
// Find first visible and expanded parent.
while ( !parent->IsExpanded() ||
( (parent->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE) && hide_state )
)
{
parent = parent->GetParent();
i = 0;
}
wxASSERT( parent );
//parent = nearest_expanded;
do
{
iMax = parent->GetCount();
if ( !inside_hidden_part )
{
while ( i < iMax )
{
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i);
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE) || (!hide_state) )
{
// item is visible (all parents are expanded, non-hideable or not in hide state)
p->m_y = (int)cury;
cury += lh;
}
else
{
p->m_y = -1;
}
if ( parenting )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* p2 = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( !p2->m_expanded ||
( (p2->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE) && hide_state )
)
{
inside_hidden_part = true;
nearest_expanded = parent;
}
parent = p2;
i = 0;
break;
}
i++;
}
}
else
{
while ( i < iMax )
{
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i);
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
p->m_y = -1;
if ( parenting )
{
parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
i = 0;
break;
}
i++;
}
}
if ( i >= iMax )
{
i = parent->m_arrIndex + 1;
parent = parent->m_parent;
if ( inside_hidden_part && parent == nearest_expanded )
{
inside_hidden_part = false;
}
}
}
while ( parent != (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL );
m_bottomy = cury;
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\-> m_bottomy = %i"),(int)m_bottomy);
#endif
// Forces a new DoGetBestSize() call.
wxScrolledWindow::InvalidateBestSize();
// Visibles need to be recalculated *always* after y recalculation
// (but make sure it stays here, above RecalculateVirtualSize).
CalculateVisibles( -1, true );
RecalculateVirtualSize();
// Reselect
if ( prevSelected )
DoSelectProperty( prevSelected, wxPG_SEL_NONVISIBLE );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Call when scroll position changes. Do not pre-fill m_prevVY.
void wxPropertyGrid::CalculateVisibles( int vy, bool full_recalc )
{
if ( vy < 0 )
{
int vx;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
if ( full_recalc )
m_prevVY = -1;
}
// Control not yet properly built.
if ( vy >= (int)m_bottomy )
return;
if ( m_height < 0 )
return;
// Hide popup
// FIXME: Delete after transient popup support fully added
if ( m_wndPrimary && m_wndPrimary->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)) )
((wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)m_wndPrimary)->HidePopup();
int vy2 = vy + m_height;
if ( vy2 > (int)m_bottomy )
vy2 = m_bottomy;
unsigned int arr_index = 0;
unsigned int vis_height = vy2-vy;
unsigned int new_item_count = vis_height/m_lineHeight;
if ( vis_height % m_lineHeight )
new_item_count++;
wxPGArrayProperty& arr = m_arrVisible;
arr.SetCount ( new_item_count );
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::CalculateVisibles ( vy=%i, vy2=%i, m_height=%i, newitemcount=%i, lineheight=%i )"),
(int)vy, (int)vy2, (int)m_height, (int)new_item_count, (int)m_lineHeight );
#endif
//wxASSERT( vy != m_prevVY );
wxASSERT( vy >= 0 );
if ( !new_item_count )
{
arr.Empty();
return;
}
ITEM_ITERATION_VARIABLES
wxPGProperty* base = NULL;
// Will simpler operation be enough?
if ( m_prevVY >= 0 )
{
if ( m_calcVisHeight == m_height )
{
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SCROLLED )
{
int diff = vy - m_prevVY;
if ( diff == m_lineHeight )
{
// Scrolled one down
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy2 - 1 );
wxASSERT( base );
arr_index = new_item_count - 1;
for ( i=0; i<arr_index; i++ )
arr.Item(i) = arr.Item(i+1);
arr.Item(arr_index) = base;
base = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
else if ( diff == -m_lineHeight )
{
// Scrolled one up
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy );
wxASSERT( base );
vy2 = vy + m_lineHeight; // update visibility
for ( i=(new_item_count-1); i>arr_index; i-- )
arr.Item(i) = arr.Item(i-1);
arr.Item(arr_index) = base;
base = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
else
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy );
}
else
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy );
}
else
if ( m_prevVY == vy && !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SCROLLED) )
{
if ( m_height > m_calcVisHeight )
{
// Increased height - add missing items
arr_index = (m_calcVisHeight-1)/m_lineHeight;
if ( arr_index >= new_item_count )
{
// Now, were probably below last item here
//if ( (vy+m_calcVisHeight) >= (int)m_bottomy )
base = NULL;
/*else
arr_index = arr.GetCount()-1;*/
}
else
{
base = (wxPGProperty*) arr.Item( arr_index );
}
}
else
{
// Decreased height - do nothing
//base = NULL;
}
}
else
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy );
}
else
{
base = DoGetItemAtY_Full( vy );
}
if ( base )
{
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT(base->m_parent,base->m_arrIndex)
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" Starting at index %i"), (int)arr_index );
#endif
ITEM_ITERATION_VO_LOOP_BEGIN
//wxASSERT( p->m_y >= 0 );
// update visibility limit reached?
if ( p->m_y >= vy2 ) { parent = NULL; break; }
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( arr_index >= arr.GetCount() )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT(" wxPropertyGrid::CalculateVisibles Loop overflow (index=%i,vy+vis_height=%i,p->m_y=%i)"),
(int)arr_index,(int)(vy+vis_height),(int)p->m_y);
}
#endif
arr.Item(arr_index) = (void*)p;
arr_index++;
ITEM_ITERATION_VO_LOOP_END
}
// Adjust controls
/*if ( m_selected )
{
int adjust = prevVY - vy;
if ( adjust )
{
wxPoint cp(0,adjust);
if ( m_wndPrimary )
m_wndPrimary->Move ( m_wndPrimary->GetPosition() + cp );
if ( m_wndSecondary )
m_wndSecondary->Move ( m_wndSecondary->GetPosition() + cp );
}
}*/
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_SCROLLED);
m_prevVY = vy;
m_calcVisHeight = m_height;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This version uses the visible item cache.
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyGrid::DoGetItemAtY( int y )
{
//wxASSERT( m_prevVY >= 0 );
// Outside(check 1)?
if ( y >= (int)m_bottomy || y < 0 )
{
/*
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: DoGetItemAtY(a): y = %i"),y);
#endif
*/
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
// Need to recalculate visibility cache
// Note: need to check for y < m_prevVY is a hack.
if ( m_prevVY != vy ||y < m_prevVY ) //m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SCROLLED ||
CalculateVisibles( vy, true );
// Outside(check 2)?
if ( y >= (vy+m_height) )
{
/*
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: DoGetItemAtY(b): y = %i"),y);
#endif
*/
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
unsigned int index = (unsigned int)((y - vy) / m_lineHeight);
// Consistency checks
if ( !m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
if ( index >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" index = %i"),(int)index);
wxLogDebug(wxT(" (height/lineheight+1) = %i"),(int)((m_height/m_lineHeight)+1));
wxLogDebug(wxT(" m_arrVisible.GetCount() = %i"),(int)m_arrVisible.GetCount());
// This was wxCHECK_MSG, but I don't want it to show, since it can happen from
// time to time, and I probably won't fix in the current version of wxPropertyGrid.
wxLogDebug( wxT("Not enough entries in m_arrVisible (y was < m_bottomy).") );
#endif
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
if ( index >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
{
index = m_arrVisible.GetCount()-1;
}
return (wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible.Item(index);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid graphics related methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
{
wxPG_PAINT_DC_INIT()
// Don't paint after destruction has begun
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED) )
return;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::OnPaint()") );
#endif
// Find out where the window is scrolled to
int vx,vy; // Top left corner of client
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
// Update everything inside the box
wxRect r = GetUpdateRegion().GetBox();
r.y += vy;
// Repaint this rectangle
//if ( r.height > 0 )
DrawItems ( dc, r.y, r.y + r.height,
#if wxPG_ALLOW_CLIPPING
NULL //&r
#else
NULL
#endif
);
// We assume that the size set when grid is shown
// is what is desired.
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_GOOD_SIZE_SET;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This is the one called by OnPaint event handler and others.
// topy and bottomy are already unscrolled
// Clears any area in coordinates that doesn't have items.
//
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawItems( wxDC& dc,
unsigned int topy,
unsigned int bottomy,
const wxRect* clipRect )
{
if ( m_frozen || m_height < 1 || bottomy < topy || !m_pState ) return;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid::DrawItems ( %i -> %i, clipRect = 0x%X )"),topy,bottomy,
(unsigned int)clipRect);
#endif
// items added check
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) ) PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
unsigned int vx, vy; // Top left corner of client
GetViewStart((int*)&vx,(int*)&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
unsigned int client_bottom = (unsigned int)m_height + vy;
// Clip topy and bottomy
if ( bottomy > client_bottom )
bottomy = client_bottom;
if ( topy < vy )
topy = vy;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> ( final area %i -> %i )"),topy,bottomy);
#endif
//
// Determine first and last item to draw
// (don't draw if already over the top)
//
if ( topy < client_bottom && topy < m_bottomy && FROM_STATE(m_properties)->GetCount() > 0 )
{
wxPGProperty* firstItem = DoGetItemAtY(topy);
if ( firstItem == (wxPGProperty*) NULL )
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
wxString msg;
msg.Printf(wxT("WARNING: wxPropertyGrid::DrawItems(): firstItem == NULL!"));
wxMessageBox(msg);
wxLogDebug(msg);
wxLogDebug(wxT(" More info: y: %i -> %i visible_window: %i -> %i"),
(int)topy,(int)bottomy,(int)vy,(int)client_bottom);
// This is here for debugging purposes.
DoGetItemAtY(topy);
#endif
return;
}
wxPGProperty* lastItem = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
// lastItem may be NULL on call to DoDrawItems
// in this case lastItem will truly become the last item
if ( bottomy > topy && bottomy < m_bottomy )
{
lastItem = DoGetItemAtY(bottomy-1);
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> WARNING: lastItem acquisition failed (should not)!"));
#endif
}
DoDrawItems( dc, firstItem, lastItem, clipRect );
}
// Clear area beyond m_bottomy?
if ( bottomy > m_bottomy )
{
wxColour& bgc = wxPG_SLACK_BACKROUND;
//wxColour& bgc = wxColour(255,0,255);
dc.SetPen ( wxPen(bgc) );
dc.SetBrush ( wxBrush(bgc) );
unsigned int clear_top = m_bottomy;
if ( topy > clear_top ) clear_top = topy;
dc.DrawRectangle ( 0, clear_top, m_width, m_height-(clear_top-vy) );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DECLARE_ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_VARIABLES \
unsigned int ind; \
wxPGProperty* p;
// UVC = Use Visibility Cache
// VISTART = index to first item from visibility cache to use.
// BOTTOMY = Logical y coordinate of last item to draw.
#define ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_BEGIN(VISTART,BOTTOMY) \
ind = VISTART; \
do \
{ \
p = (wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible.Item(ind); \
ind++; \
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
#define ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_END(BOTTOMY) \
} while ( p->m_y < BOTTOMY ); \
void wxPropertyGrid::DoDrawItems( wxDC& dcMain,
const wxPGProperty* firstItem,
const wxPGProperty* lastItem,
const wxRect* clipRect )
{
if ( m_frozen || m_height < 1 )
return;
//wxCHECK_RET( !FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded), wxT("m_itemsAdded must be zero at this point") );
// items added check
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) ) PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
wxCHECK_RET( firstItem != NULL, wxT("invalid first item") );
wxASSERT( FROM_STATE(m_properties->GetCount()) );
// Make sure visibility cache is up-to-date
int vy;
int vx;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
if ( vy != m_prevVY )
CalculateVisibles(vy,true);
if ( vy != m_prevVY )
return;
// Determine last item, if not given (but requires clipRect).
if ( lastItem == NULL )
{
if ( clipRect != NULL )
{
unsigned int bottomy = clipRect->y + clipRect->height;
if ( bottomy <= (unsigned int)firstItem->m_y )
lastItem = firstItem;
}
if ( lastItem == NULL )
{
lastItem = DoGetItemAtY(vy+m_height-1);
if ( lastItem == NULL )
lastItem = GetLastItem(true);
}
}
DoDrawItems2(dcMain, firstItem, lastItem, clipRect);
}
//
// Uses three pass approach, so it is optimized for drawing
// multiple items at once.
//
// IMPORTANT NOTES:
// - Clipping rectangle must be of physical coordinates.
//
//
void wxPropertyGrid::DoDrawItems2( wxDC& dcMain,
const wxPGProperty* firstItem,
const wxPGProperty* lastItem,
const wxRect* clipRect ) const
{
int lh = m_lineHeight;
int vy;
int vx;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int firstItemTopY = firstItem->m_y;
int lastItemBottomY = lastItem->m_y+lh-1;
int yRelMod = 0;
// Entire range outside scrolled, visible area?
if ( firstItemTopY >= (vy+m_height) || lastItemBottomY <= vy )
return;
wxCHECK_RET( firstItemTopY < lastItemBottomY, wxT("invalid y values") );
wxDC* dcPtr;
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
wxMemoryDC* bufferDC = NULL;
const wxRect* blitClipRect = NULL;
int renderHeight = lastItem->m_y - firstItemTopY + m_lineHeight;
if ( !(GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING) )
{
if ( !m_doubleBuffer )
return;
// Must fit to double-buffer
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( (lastItemBottomY - firstItemTopY) > m_doubleBuffer->GetHeight() )
{
wxString msg;
msg.Printf( wxT("wxPropertyGrid: DOUBLE-BUFFER TOO SMALL ( drawn %i vs db height %i vs client_height %i)!"),
(int)(lastItemBottomY - firstItemTopY),
(int)(m_doubleBuffer->GetHeight()),
(int)m_height );
wxLogError(msg);
wxLogDebug(msg);
}
#endif
bufferDC = new wxMemoryDC();
bufferDC->SelectObject( *m_doubleBuffer );
dcPtr = bufferDC;
blitClipRect = clipRect;
//if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_CHANGED ||
// !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HANDLING_PAINT_EVENT) )
//{
}
else
#endif
{
dcPtr = &dcMain;
}
wxDC& dc = *dcPtr;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" -> DoDrawItems ( \"%s\" -> \"%s\", height=%i (ch=%i), clipRect = 0x%lX )"),
firstItem->GetLabel().c_str(),
lastItem->GetLabel().c_str(),
(int)(lastItemBottomY - firstItemTopY),
(int)m_height,
(unsigned long)clipRect );
#endif
wxPGPaintData paintdata;
wxRect r;
DECLARE_ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_VARIABLES
// Get first and last indexes to visibility cache
unsigned int viStart = (firstItemTopY - vy) / lh;
int vi_end_y = lastItem->m_y;
if ( viStart >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: viStart >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() ( %i >= %i )"),
(int)viStart, (int)m_arrVisible.GetCount() );
return;
}
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
unsigned int viEnd = (lastItem->m_y - vy) / lh;
if ( viEnd >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: viEnd >= m_arrVisible.GetCount() ( %i >= %i )"),
(int)viEnd, (int)m_arrVisible.GetCount() );
return;
}
#endif
int x = m_marginWidth;
int y;
long window_style = m_windowStyle;
int extraStyle = GetExtraStyle();
//
// With wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER, do double buffering
// - buffer's y = 0, so align cliprect and coordinates to that
//
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
if ( bufferDC )
{
wxRect cr2;
//yRelMod = firstItemTopY;
yRelMod = vy;
//
// clipRect conversion
if ( clipRect )
{
cr2 = *clipRect;
cr2.y -= yRelMod;
clipRect = &cr2;
}
//int renderHeight = lastItem->m_y - firstItemTopY + m_lineHeight;
//lastItemBottomY -= firstItemTopY;
//firstItemTopY = 0;
firstItemTopY -= vy;
lastItemBottomY -= vy;
}
#endif
const wxFont& normalfont = m_font;
bool reallyFocused = (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) ? true : false;
bool isEnabled = IsEnabled();
//
// Prepare some pens and brushes that are often changed to.
//
wxBrush marginBrush(m_colMargin);
wxPen marginPen(m_colMargin);
wxBrush capbgbrush(m_colCapBack,wxSOLID);
wxPen linepen(m_colLine,1,wxSOLID);
// pen that has same colour as text
wxPen outlinepen(m_colPropFore,1,wxSOLID);
if ( clipRect )
dc.SetClippingRegion( *clipRect );
//
// Clear margin with background colour
//
dc.SetBrush( marginBrush );
if ( !(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) )
{
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
dc.DrawRectangle(-1,firstItemTopY-1,m_marginWidth+2,lastItemBottomY-firstItemTopY+3);
}
/*
// This colorizer helps to debug painting.
bool small_draw = false;
if ( renderHeight < (m_height-(lh*3)) )
{
if ( firstItem == lastItem )
{
bgbrush = wxBrush(wxColour(255,128,128));
linepen = wxPen(wxColour(128,0,255));
//boxbrush = wxBrush(wxColour(192,192,192));
}
else
{
bgbrush = wxBrush(wxColour(128,255,128));
linepen = wxPen(wxColour(0,0,255));
//boxbrush = wxBrush(wxColour(230,230,230));
}
small_draw = true;
}
*/
//dc.SetPen ( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
//dc.SetFont(normalfont);
wxPGProperty* selected = m_selected;
/*#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
bool selected_painted = false;
#endif*/
// NOTE: Clipping and pen/brush switching are main reasons for multi-pass approach.
//
// zero'th pass: Wireframes.
// (this could be embedded in another loop)
dc.SetBrush( marginBrush );
unsigned long cur_first_ind = viStart;
unsigned long next_cur_first_ind = 0xFFFFFFFF;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* cur_category = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL;
int vcache_last_item_y = vy + m_height;
if ( vcache_last_item_y > (int)m_bottomy ) vcache_last_item_y = m_bottomy;
vcache_last_item_y -= lh;
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_BEGIN(viStart,vi_end_y)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = p->GetParent();
// Should not happen (but this is better than a crash)...
wxCHECK_RET( parent, wxT("NULL parent") );
// Does this wireframe end?
// Conditions:
// A) This is last item within its parent, and parent is category.
// B) Next is category.
// C) This is collapsed category.
// D) This is the last item drawn.
if ( p->m_y >= vi_end_y )
{
// This is the last item.
//wxLogDebug(wxT("--> last item"));
next_cur_first_ind = ind;
}
else if ( p->m_arrIndex >= (parent->GetCount()-1) && parent->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION &&
( parenting <= 0 /*|| ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->GetCount() < 1*/ )
)
{
// This is last item within its parent, and parent is category, but this isn't
// an non-empty category.
//wxLogDebug(wxT("--> category ends"));
cur_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)parent;
next_cur_first_ind = ind;
}
else if ( ((wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible.Item(ind))->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION )
{
// Next item is a category.
//wxLogDebug(wxT("--> next item is category"));
next_cur_first_ind = ind;
}
else if ( parenting > 0 &&
(!((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->IsExpanded() ||
!((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->GetCount()) )
{
// This is collapsed category.
//wxLogDebug(wxT("--> collapsed category"));
cur_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)p;
next_cur_first_ind = ind;
}
// When new category begins or old ends, draw wireframe for items in-between
if ( next_cur_first_ind < 0xFFFFFF )
{
wxPGProperty* cur_first = (wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible.Item(cur_first_ind);
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* cur_last_item = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( !cur_category )
{
if ( cur_first->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION )
{
cur_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)cur_first;
}
else if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
{
cur_category = _GetPropertyCategory(cur_first);
/*if ( !cur_category )
cur_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)FROM_STATE(m_properties);*/
}
}
int draw_top = cur_first->m_y - yRelMod;
int draw_bottom = cur_last_item->m_y + lh - yRelMod;
int frame_top = draw_top;
int frame_bottom = draw_bottom;
int margin_top = draw_top;
int margin_bottom = draw_bottom;
int ly = frame_top + lh - 1;
if ( cur_first->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION )
{
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pc = ((wxPropertyCategoryClass*)cur_first);
frame_top += lh;
if ( !pc->IsExpanded() )
{
// Category collapsed.
frame_top = frame_bottom + 1;
}
}
int grey_x = x;
if ( cur_category /*!(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES)*/ )
grey_x += ((unsigned int)((cur_category->GetDepth()-1)*m_subgroup_extramargin));
//wxLogDebug( wxT("wireframe: %s -> %s (grey_x:%i)"), cur_first->GetLabel().c_str(),
// cur_last_item->GetLabel().c_str(),((int)grey_x-x));
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
// Clear extra margin area.
dc.DrawRectangle( x-1, margin_top, grey_x - x + 1, margin_bottom-margin_top );
dc.SetPen( linepen );
if ( frame_bottom > frame_top )
{
//if ( cat_top < firstItemTopY )
// cat_top = firstItemTopY;
// Margin Edge
dc.DrawLine ( grey_x, frame_top, grey_x, frame_bottom );
// Splitter
dc.DrawLine ( m_splitterx, frame_top, m_splitterx, frame_bottom );
// Horizontal Lines
while ( ly < (frame_bottom-1) )
{
dc.DrawLine ( grey_x, ly, m_width, ly );
ly += lh;
}
}
int use_depth = grey_x; // Default is to simply tidy up this wireframe.
// Properly draw top line of next wireframe, if adjacent.
// Get next item.
wxPGProperty* next_item;
//if ( ind < m_arrVisible.GetCount() )
if ( cur_last_item->m_y < vcache_last_item_y )
{
next_item = (wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible.Item(ind);
}
else
{
// Was not in visibility cache, so use clumsier method.
next_item = GetNeighbourItem(cur_last_item,true,1);
if (!next_item)
next_item = cur_last_item; // This will serve our purpose.
}
//wxLogDebug(wxT("next_item: %s"),next_item->GetLabel().c_str());
// Just take the depth and is-it-category out of it.
int next_parenting = next_item->GetParentingType();
int last_parenting = cur_last_item->GetParentingType();
// A) If both are categories, draw line with background colour.
// B) If only next is category, use its category's depth.
// C) If only last is category, use grey_x as depth.
// D) If neither is a category, use smaller.
if ( next_parenting > 0 )
{
// Next is category.
if ( last_parenting > 0 )
{
// Last is a category too - draw complete line with background colour.
dc.SetPen ( marginPen );
use_depth = x;
}
}
else
{
// Next is not a category.
wxPropertyCategoryClass* next_cat = _GetPropertyCategory(next_item);
int depth_next = x;
if ( next_cat && /*cur_category*/ !(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("next_item_cat: %s"),next_cat->GetLabel().c_str());
depth_next += ((unsigned int)((next_cat->GetDepth()-1)*m_subgroup_extramargin));
}
if ( last_parenting <= 0 )
{
// Last is not a category - use lesser depth
if ( depth_next < grey_x )
use_depth = depth_next;
//wxLogDebug(wxT("- neither is category"));
}
else
{
// Last is a category
use_depth = depth_next;
//wxLogDebug(wxT("last only is category"));
}
}
//wxLogDebug(wxT("last_line_use_depth: %i"),(int)use_depth);
dc.DrawLine( use_depth, ly, m_width, ly );
cur_first_ind = next_cur_first_ind;
next_cur_first_ind = 0xFFFFFFFF;
//cur_first = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
cur_category = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL;
}
//cur_last_item = p;
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_END(vi_end_y)
//
// First pass: Category background and text, Images, Label+value background.
//
//wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> first pass..."));
y = firstItemTopY;
dc.SetFont( m_captionFont );
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_BEGIN(viStart,vi_end_y)
y += m_spacingy;
int text_x = x + ((unsigned int)((p->GetDepth()-1)*m_subgroup_extramargin));
if ( parenting > 0 )
{
dc.SetBrush( capbgbrush ); // Category label background colour.
// Category - draw background, text and possibly selection rectangle.
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pc = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)p;
// Note how next separator line is overdrawn if next item is category .
int useLh = lh;
if ( ind < (m_arrVisible.GetCount()) &&
( ((wxPGProperty*)m_arrVisible[ind])->GetParentingType() <= 0 ) )
useLh -= 1;
if ( isEnabled && p->IsEnabled() )
dc.SetTextForeground( *(wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols[pc->GetTextColIndex()] );
else
dc.SetTextForeground( m_colDisPropFore );
dc.DrawRectangle( text_x, y-m_spacingy, m_width-text_x, useLh );
dc.DrawText( pc->GetLabel(), text_x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, y );
// active caption gets nice dotted rectangle
if ( p == selected )
{
wxRect focusRect(text_x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT-wxPG_CAPRECTXMARGIN,
y-wxPG_CAPRECTYMARGIN,
pc->GetTextExtent()+(wxPG_CAPRECTXMARGIN*2),
m_fontHeight+(wxPG_CAPRECTYMARGIN*2));
wxPGDrawFocusRect(dc,focusRect);
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
}
}
else
{
// Basic background colour.
dc.SetBrush( *(wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes[p->m_bgColIndex] );
//wxLogDebug(wxT("%s: %i"),p->m_label.c_str(),(int)p->m_depthBgCol);
int greyDepth = 0;
if ( !(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
greyDepth = (((int)p->m_depthBgCol)-1) * m_subgroup_extramargin;
// In two parts to retain splitter
if ( p == m_selected )
{
// Selected get different label background.
if ( reallyFocused )
dc.SetBrush( m_colSelBack );
else
dc.SetBrush( m_colLine );
dc.DrawRectangle( x+greyDepth+1, y-m_spacingy, m_splitterx-greyDepth-x-1, lh-1 );
}
else
{
dc.DrawRectangle( x+greyDepth+1, y-m_spacingy, m_splitterx-greyDepth-x-1, lh-1 );
}
dc.DrawRectangle( m_splitterx+1, y-m_spacingy, m_width-m_splitterx, lh-1 );
}
y += m_fontHeight+m_spacingy+1;
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_END(vi_end_y)
dc.SetFont( normalfont );
//
// Second pass: Expander Buttons, Labels.
//
// Second pass happens entirely on the left side, so sometimes
// we can just skip it.
if ( clipRect == NULL || clipRect->x < m_splitterx )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> second pass..."));
y = firstItemTopY;
r = wxRect(0,y,m_splitterx,lastItemBottomY);
dc.SetClippingRegion ( r );
dc.SetFont(normalfont);
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_BEGIN(viStart,vi_end_y)
if ( isEnabled && (p->IsEnabled() || !(extraStyle & wxPG_EX_GREY_LABEL_WHEN_DISABLED)) )
dc.SetTextForeground( *(wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols[p->m_fgColIndex] );
else
dc.SetTextForeground( m_colDisPropFore );
//
// Expand/collapse button image.
if ( parenting != 0 &&
!(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) &&
((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->GetChildCount() )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
int depth = p->m_depth - 1;
#ifdef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
int imageX = m_gutterWidth + ( depth * m_subgroup_extramargin );
#endif
y += m_buttonSpacingY;
#if (wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE)
// Prepare rectangle to be used
r.x = imageX; r.y = y;
r.width = m_iconWidth; r.height = m_iconHeight;
#elif wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
// Drawing expand/collapse button manually
dc.SetPen(m_colPropFore);
if ( parenting > 0 )
{
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
}
else
{
dc.SetBrush(m_colPropBack);
}
dc.DrawRectangle( imageX, y, m_iconWidth, m_iconWidth );
int _y = y+(m_iconWidth/2);
dc.DrawLine(imageX+2,_y,imageX+m_iconWidth-2,_y);
#else
wxBitmap* bmp;
#endif
if ( pwc->m_expanded )
{
// wxRenderer functions are non-mutating in nature, so it
// should be safe to cast "const wxPropertyGrid*" to "wxWindow*".
// Hopefully this does not cause problems.
#if (wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE)
wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton(
(wxWindow*)this,
dc,
r,
wxCONTROL_EXPANDED
);
#elif wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
//
#else
bmp = m_collbmp;
#endif
}
else
{
#if (wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE)
wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton(
(wxWindow*)this,
dc,
r,
0
);
#elif wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
int _x = imageX+(m_iconWidth/2);
dc.DrawLine(_x,y+2,_x,y+m_iconWidth-2);
#else
bmp = m_expandbmp;
#endif
}
#if (wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE)
//
#elif wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
//
#else
dc.DrawBitmap( *bmp, m_gutterWidth, y, true );
#endif
y -= m_buttonSpacingY;
}
y += m_spacingy;
if ( parenting <= 0 )
{
// Non-categories.
int text_x = x;
// Use basic depth if in non-categoric mode and parent is base array.
if ( !(window_style & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) || p->GetParent() != FROM_STATE(m_properties) )
{
text_x += ((unsigned int)((p->m_depth-1)*m_subgroup_extramargin));
}
/*
else
{
wxLogDebug( wxT("%s"), p->GetLabel().c_str() );
text_x = x;
}
*/
if ( p != selected )
{
dc.DrawText( p->m_label, text_x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, y );
}
else
{
// Selected gets different colour.
if ( reallyFocused )
dc.SetTextForeground( m_colSelFore );
dc.DrawText( p->m_label, text_x+wxPG_XBEFORETEXT, y );
}
}
else
{
/*// switch background colour
bgbrush.SetColour ( ((wxPropertyCategoryClass*)p)->m_colCellBg );
dc.SetBrush ( bgbrush );*/
}
y += m_fontHeight+m_spacingy+1;
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_END(vi_end_y)
}
//
// Third pass: Values
//
dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
if ( clipRect )
{
// third pass happens entirely on the right side, so sometimes
// we can just skip it
if ( (clipRect->x + clipRect->width) < m_splitterx )
x = -1;
dc.SetClippingRegion ( *clipRect );
}
// This used with value drawer method.
wxRect valueRect(0,0,
m_width-(m_splitterx+wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN),
m_fontHeight);
wxSize imageSize;
if ( x != -1 )
{
r.x = m_splitterx+1+wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN;
r.width = m_width-m_splitterx-wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN;
//r.x = m_splitterx+wxPG_DIST_SPLITTER_TO_IMAGE;
//r.width = m_width-m_splitterx-wxPG_DIST_SPLITTER_TO_IMAGE-1;
r.height = lh-1;
/*#if wxCC_CORRECT_CONTROL_POSITION
const int vy2 = vy;
#endif*/
//wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> third pass..."));
// Altough this line may seem unnecessary, it isn't
dc.SetFont(normalfont);
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
// Prepare paintdata.
paintdata.m_parent = this;
paintdata.m_choiceItem = -1; // Not drawing list item at this time.
y = firstItemTopY;
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_BEGIN(viStart,vi_end_y)
if ( parenting <= 0 )
{
r.y = y;
y += m_spacingy;
// background
dc.SetBrush( *(wxPGBrush*)m_arrBgBrushes[p->m_bgColIndex] );
if ( isEnabled && p->IsEnabled() )
dc.SetTextForeground( *(wxPGColour*)m_arrFgCols[p->m_fgColIndex] );
else
dc.SetTextForeground( m_colDisPropFore );
// draw value string only if editor widget not open
// (exception: no primary editor widget or it is hidden)
if ( p != selected || !m_wndPrimary
// "if not primary shown" is required because
// primary is not usually shown during splitter
// movement.
|| m_dragStatus > 0
)
{
valueRect.x = m_splitterx+wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN;
valueRect.y = y;
// Draw background
if ( p != selected )
{
dc.DrawRectangle( r );
}
else
{
if ( m_wndPrimary )
dc.SetBrush( wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ) );
else
dc.SetBrush( wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ) );
dc.DrawRectangle( r );
}
// Set bold font?
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED && (window_style & wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED) )
dc.SetFont( m_captionFont );
const wxPGEditor* editor = p->GetEditorClass();
bool fullPaint = false;
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE )
{
imageSize = p->GetImageSize();
wxRect imageRect(r.x + wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1,
r.y+wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY,
wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH,
r.height-(wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY*2));
if ( imageSize.x == wxPG_FULL_CUSTOM_PAINT_WIDTH )
{
fullPaint = true;
imageRect.width = m_width - imageRect.x;
}
dc.SetPen( outlinepen );
paintdata.m_drawnWidth = imageRect.width;
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
{
p->OnCustomPaint( dc, imageRect, paintdata );
}
else
{
dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH);
dc.DrawRectangle(imageRect);
}
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
}
else
paintdata.m_drawnWidth = 0;
if ( paintdata.m_drawnWidth > 0 )
valueRect.x += paintdata.m_drawnWidth + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2;
else
fullPaint = false;
if ( !fullPaint )
editor->DrawValue(dc,p,valueRect);
// Return original font?
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED && (window_style & wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED) )
dc.SetFont(normalfont);
}
else
{
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE) ||
m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("Primary doesn't fill entire"));
dc.SetBrush( wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ) );
dc.DrawRectangle( r );
}
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE )
{
wxRect imagerect(r.x + wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1,
r.y+wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY,wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH,
r.height-(wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY*2));
dc.SetPen ( outlinepen );
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
{
p->OnCustomPaint( dc, imagerect, paintdata );
}
else
{
dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH);
dc.DrawRectangle(imagerect);
}
}
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
}
y += m_fontHeight+m_spacingy + 1;
}
else
{
// caption item
y += lh;
}
//if ( y > lastItemBottomY ) { parent = NULL; break; }
ITEM_ITERATION_UVC_LOOP_END(vi_end_y)
}
dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); // Is this really necessary?
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
//}
//else wxLogDebug(wxT("Used Cache"));
if ( bufferDC )
{
if ( blitClipRect )
dcMain.SetClippingRegion( *blitClipRect );
//wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> (0,%i)"),(int)final_y);
dcMain.Blit ( 0, firstItem->m_y, m_width, renderHeight,
&dc, 0, firstItem->m_y-vy, wxCOPY );
//dcMain.Blit ( 0, 0, m_width, m_height,
// &dc, 0, 0, wxCOPY );
dcMain.DestroyClippingRegion(); // Is this really necessary?
delete bufferDC;
}
#endif
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" \\--> ends..."));
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxRect wxPropertyGrid::GetPropertyRect( const wxPGProperty* p1, const wxPGProperty* p2 ) const
{
wxRect r;
if ( m_width < 10 || m_height < 10 ||
!FROM_STATE(m_properties)->GetCount() ||
p1 == (wxPGProperty*) NULL )
return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
int vx,vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
//
// Return rect which encloses the given property range
int visTop = p1->m_y;
int visBottom = m_bottomy;
if ( p2 )
visBottom = p2->m_y + m_lineHeight;
// If seleced property is inside the range, we'll extend the range to include
// control's size.
wxPGProperty* selected = m_selected;
if ( selected && selected->m_y >= visTop && selected->m_y < visBottom )
{
wxWindow* editor = GetEditorControl();
if ( editor )
{
int visBottom2 = selected->m_y + editor->GetSize().y;
if ( visBottom2 > visBottom )
visBottom = visBottom2;
}
}
return wxRect(0,visTop-vy,m_width,visBottom-visTop);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawItems( const wxPGProperty* p1, const wxPGProperty* p2 )
{
if ( m_frozen )
return;
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) )
PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
wxRect r = GetPropertyRect(p1, p2);
if ( r.width > 0 )
RefreshRect(r);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// In addition to calling DoDrawItems directly, this is the
// only alternative for using wxClientDC - others just call
// RefreshRect.
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawItem( wxDC& dc, wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
// do not draw a single item if multiple pending
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) )
return;
if ( p->m_y < 0 )
return;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid::DrawItem( %s )"), p->GetLabel().c_str() );
#endif
DoDrawItems( dc, p, p, NULL );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::RefreshProperty( wxPGProperty* p )
{
if ( p == m_selected )
DoSelectProperty(p, wxPG_SEL_FORCE);
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawItemAndValueRelated( wxPGProperty* p )
{
if ( m_frozen )
return;
// Draw item, children, and parent too, if it is not category
wxPGProperty* parent = p->GetParent();
while ( parent &&
parent->GetParentingType() < PT_NONE )
{
DrawItem(parent);
parent = parent->GetParent();
}
DrawItemAndChildren(p);
}
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawItemAndChildren( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
// Do not draw if in non-visible page
if ( p->GetParentState() != m_pState )
return;
// do not draw a single item if multiple pending
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) || p->m_y < 0 || m_frozen )
return;
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid::DrawItemAndChildren( %s )"), p->GetLabel().c_str() );
#endif
// Update child control.
if ( m_selected && m_selected->GetParent() == p )
m_selected->UpdateControl(m_wndPrimary);
const wxPGProperty* lastDrawn = p->GetLastVisibleSubItem();
DrawItems(p, lastDrawn);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Refresh( bool WXUNUSED(eraseBackground),
const wxRect *rect )
{
// Refresh implies forced redraw
//m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_CHANGED;
wxWindow::Refresh(false,rect);
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
// I think this really helps only GTK+1.2
if ( m_wndPrimary ) m_wndPrimary->Refresh();
if ( m_wndSecondary ) m_wndSecondary->Refresh();
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
/*
void wxPropertyGrid::RedrawAllVisible ()
{
// TODO: Is this safe?
//Update();
if ( m_frozen || !IsShown() )
return;
wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT()
#if __PAINT_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::RedrawAllVisible()") );
#endif
int vx,vy; // Top left corner of client
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int y1 = vy;
int y2 = y1 + m_height;
// Repaint this rectangle
DrawItems ( dc, y1, y2, (wxRect*) NULL );
}
*/
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawSplitterDragColumn( wxDC&, int ) { }
#else
void wxPropertyGrid::DrawSplitterDragColumn( wxDC& dc, int x )
{
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
dc.SetPen( m_splitterpen );
dc.DrawLine(x,vy,x,vy+m_height);
}
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid global operations
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Clear()
{
if ( m_selected )
{
bool selRes = DoSelectProperty(wxPGIdGen(NULL), wxPG_SEL_DELETING); // This must be before state clear
wxPG_CHECK_RET_DBG( selRes,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
FROM_STATE(Clear());
m_propHover = NULL;
m_bottomy = 0;
m_prevVY = 0;
m_arrVisible.Empty();
RecalculateVirtualSize();
// Need to clear some area at the end
if ( !m_frozen )
RefreshRect(wxRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::EnableCategories( bool enable )
{
if ( !ClearSelection() )
return false;
if ( enable )
{
//
// Enable categories
//
m_windowStyle &= ~(wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES);
}
else
{
//
// Disable categories
//
m_windowStyle |= wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES;
}
if ( !m_pState->EnableCategories(enable) )
return false;
if ( !m_frozen )
{
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_AUTO_SORT )
{
FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) = 1; // force
PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
}
else
{
CalculateYs(NULL,-1);
//CalculateVisibles( -1 );
}
}
else
FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) = 1;
Refresh();
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SwitchState( wxPropertyGridState* pNewState )
{
wxASSERT( pNewState );
wxPGProperty* oldSelection = m_selected;
// Deselect
if ( m_selected )
{
bool selRes = ClearSelection();
wxPG_CHECK_RET_DBG( selRes,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
m_pState->m_selected = oldSelection;
bool orig_mode = m_pState->IsInNonCatMode();
bool new_state_mode = pNewState->IsInNonCatMode();
m_pState = pNewState;
m_bottomy = 0; // This is necessary or y's won't get updated.
m_propHover = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
// If necessary, convert state to correct mode.
if ( orig_mode != new_state_mode )
{
// This should refresh as well.
EnableCategories ( orig_mode?false:true );
}
else if ( !m_frozen )
{
// Refresh, if not frozen.
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) )
PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
else
CalculateYs(NULL,-1);
// Reselect
if ( FROM_STATE(m_selected) )
DoSelectProperty( FROM_STATE(m_selected) );
//RedrawAllVisible();
Refresh();
}
else
m_pState->m_itemsAdded = 1;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Sort( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
m_pState->Sort( p );
// Because order changed, Y's need to be changed as well
if ( p->GetParentState() == m_pState )
CalculateYs ( p->m_parent, p->m_arrIndex );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::Sort()
{
bool selRes = ClearSelection(); // This must be before state clear
wxPG_CHECK_RET_DBG( selRes,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
m_pState->Sort();
CalculateYs( NULL, -1 );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Call to SetSplitterPosition will always disable splitter auto-centering
// if parent window is shown.
void wxPropertyGrid::DoSetSplitterPosition( int newxpos, bool refresh )
{
if ( ( newxpos < wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN ) )
return;
// ( m_width > wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN && newxpos > (m_width-wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN) )
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::DoSetSplitterPosition ( %i )"), newxpos );
#endif
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
m_splitterx = newxpos;
m_fSplitterX = (float) newxpos;
if ( refresh )
{
if ( m_selected )
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( m_splitterx, m_width );
Refresh();
//RedrawAllVisible(); // no flicker
}
#else
if ( !m_dragStatus )
{
// Only do this if this was not a call from HandleMouseUp
m_startingSplitterX = m_splitterx;
m_splitterx = newxpos;
m_fSplitterX = (float) newxpos;
}
// Clear old
if ( m_splitterprevdrawnx != -1 )
{
wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT()
DrawSplitterDragColumn( dc, m_splitterprevdrawnx );
m_splitterprevdrawnx = -1;
}
// Redraw only if drag really moved
if ( m_splitterx != m_startingSplitterX && refresh )
{
if ( m_selected)
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( m_splitterx, m_width );
Update(); // This fixes a graphics-mess in wxMSW
Refresh();
//RedrawAllVisible(); // no flicker
}
#endif
// Don't allow initial splitter auto-positioning after this.
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SPLITTER_PRE_SET;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::CenterSplitter( bool enable_auto_centering )
{
SetSplitterPosition ( m_width/2, true );
if ( enable_auto_centering && ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER ) )
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Moves splitter so that all labels are visible, but just.
void wxPropertyGrid::SetSplitterLeft( bool subProps )
{
wxClientDC dc(this);
dc.SetFont(m_font);
int maxW = m_pState->GetLeftSplitterPos(dc, m_pState->m_properties, subProps );
if ( maxW > 0 )
SetSplitterPosition( maxW );
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid item iteration (GetNextProperty etc.) methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns nearest paint visible property (such that will be painted unless
// window is scrolled or resized). If given property is paint visible, then
// it itself will be returned
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyGrid::GetNearestPaintVisible( wxPGProperty* p )
{
int vx,vy1;// Top left corner of client
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy1);
vy1 *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int vy2 = vy1 + m_height;
if ( (p->m_y + m_lineHeight) < vy1 )
{
// Too high
return DoGetItemAtY( vy1 );
}
else if ( p->m_y > vy2 )
{
// Too low
return DoGetItemAtY( vy2 );
}
// Itself paint visible
return p;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyGrid::GetNeighbourItem( wxPGProperty* item,
bool need_visible,
int dir ) const
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = item->m_parent;
unsigned int indinparent = item->GetIndexInParent();
if ( dir > 0 )
{
if ( item->GetChildCount() == 0 ||
(!((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)item)->m_expanded && need_visible) )
{
// current item did not have any expanded children
if ( indinparent < (parent->GetCount()-1) )
{
// take next in parent's array
item = parent->Item(indinparent+1);
}
else
{
// no more in parent's array; move up until found;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* p2 = parent;
parent = parent->m_parent;
item = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
while ( parent )
{
if ( p2->m_arrIndex < (parent->GetCount()-1) )
{
item = parent->Item(p2->m_arrIndex+1);
break;
}
p2 = parent;
parent = parent->m_parent;
}
}
}
else
{
// take first of current item's children
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* p2 = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)item;
item = p2->Item(0);
//indinparent = 0;
}
}
else
{
// items in array left?
if ( indinparent > 0 )
{
// take prev in parent's array
item = parent->Item(indinparent-1);
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)item;
// Recurse to it's last child
while ( item->GetParentingType() != 0 && pwc->GetCount() &&
( pwc->m_expanded || !need_visible )
)
{
item = pwc->Last();
pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)item;
}
}
else
{
// If we were at first, go to parent
item = parent;
}
}
if ( item == FROM_STATE(m_properties) )
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
// If item was hidden and need_visible, get next.
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE) && need_visible && item )
{
if ( item->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE )
{
// Speed-up: If parent is hidden as well, then skip to last child or to itself
if ( parent->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE )
{
item = parent; // if dir up
if ( dir > 0 )
item = parent->Last(); // if dir down
}
return GetNeighbourItem ( item, need_visible, dir );
}
}
return item;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is used in DoDrawItems.
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyGrid::GetLastItem ( bool need_visible, bool allowSubprops )
{
if ( FROM_STATE(m_properties)->GetCount() < 1 )
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
wxPGProperty* p = FROM_STATE(m_properties)->Last();
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
while ( parenting != 0 && ( allowSubprops || parenting >= PT_CAPTION ) )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
parenting = 0;
if ( pwc->GetCount() )
{
if ( (!need_visible || pwc->m_expanded) )
{
p = pwc->Last();
parenting = p->GetParentingType();
}
else
parenting = 0;
}
}
// If item was hidden and need_visible, get previous.
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE) &&
need_visible &&
p && ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE )
)
return GetNeighbourItem( p, need_visible, -1 );
return p;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetButtonShortcut( int keycode, bool ctrlDown, bool altDown )
{
if ( keycode )
{
m_pushButKeyCode = keycode;
m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsCtrl = ctrlDown ? 1 : 0;
m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsAlt = altDown ? 1 : 0;
}
else
{
m_pushButKeyCode = WXK_DOWN;
m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsCtrl = 0;
m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsAlt = 1;
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Methods related to change in value, value modification and sending events
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// commits any changes in editor of selected property
// return true if validation did not fail
// flags are same as with DoSelectProperty
bool wxPropertyGrid::CommitChangesFromEditor( wxUint32 flags )
{
if ( m_wndPrimary && IsEditorsValueModified() &&
(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED) )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( m_selected, false, wxT("no selection") );
bool wasUnspecified = m_selected->IsValueUnspecified();
// JACS - necessary to avoid new focus being found spuriously within OnIdle
// due to another window getting focus
wxWindow* oldFocus = m_curFocused;
if ( !(flags & (wxPG_SEL_NOVALIDATE|wxPG_SEL_FORCE)) &&
!DoEditorValidate() )
{
if (oldFocus)
{
oldFocus->SetFocus();
m_curFocused = oldFocus;
}
return false;
}
// Save value (only if truly modified).
if ( !m_selected->GetEditorClass()->CopyValueFromControl( m_selected, m_wndPrimary ) )
EditorsValueWasNotModified();
if ( m_selected->IsValueUnspecified() && !wasUnspecified && UsesAutoUnspecified() )
flags |= wxPG_SEL_SETUNSPEC;
DoPropertyChanged( m_selected, flags );
return true;
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// flags are same as with DoSelectProperty
void wxPropertyGrid::DoPropertyChanged( wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int selFlags )
{
if ( m_processingEvent )
return;
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid::DoPropertyChanged( %s )"),p->GetLabel().c_str());
#endif
m_pState->m_anyModified = 1;
m_processingEvent = 1;
// No longer unspecified (but not if the value was set to unspecified by
// user modification)
if ( !(selFlags & wxPG_SEL_SETUNSPEC) )
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p);
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED )
{
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED);
// Set as Modified (not if dragging just began)
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED) )
{
p->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED;
if ( p == m_selected && (m_windowStyle & wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED) )
{
if ( m_wndPrimary )
SetCurControlBoldFont();
}
}
wxPGProperty* curChild = p;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* curParent = p->m_parent;
// Also update parent(s), if any
// (but not if its wxCustomProperty)
while ( curParent &&
curParent->GetParentingType() < 0 /*&&
wxStrcmp(curParent->GetClassName(),wxT("wxCustomProperty")) != 0*/ )
{
// Set as Modified
if ( !(curParent->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED) )
{
curParent->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED;
if ( curParent == m_selected && (m_windowStyle & wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED) )
{
if ( m_wndPrimary )
SetCurControlBoldFont();
}
}
curParent->ChildChanged( curChild );
DrawItem( curParent );
curChild = curParent;
curParent = curParent->GetParent();
}
// Draw the actual property
if ( ( p != m_selected ) || !m_wndPrimary ||
( p->GetParentingType() < 0 ) ||
( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE ) )
{
DrawItemAndChildren( p );
}
if ( curChild != p && !(selFlags & wxPG_SEL_SETUNSPEC) )
//m_pState->ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags(curChild,wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED);
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(curChild);
wxPGProperty* changedProperty;
// Call wx event handler for property (or its topmost parent, but only
// when dealing with legitemate sub-properties - see above).
if ( curChild->GetParentingType() != PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY )
changedProperty = curChild;
else
changedProperty = p;
// Maybe need to update control
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
if ( m_wndPrimary ) m_wndPrimary->Refresh();
if ( m_wndSecondary ) m_wndSecondary->Refresh();
#endif
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_CHANGED, changedProperty, selFlags );
}
m_processingEvent = 0;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Runs wxValidator for the selected property
bool wxPropertyGrid::DoEditorValidate()
{
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED )
{
return false;
}
wxWindow* wnd = GetEditorControl();
wxValidator* validator = m_selected->GetValidator();
if ( validator && wnd )
{
// Use TextCtrl of ODComboBox instead
if ( wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)) )
{
wnd = ((wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)wnd)->GetTextCtrl();
if ( !wnd )
return true;
}
validator->SetWindow(wnd);
// Instead setting the flag after the failure, we set
// it before checking and then clear afterwards if things
// went fine. This trick is necessary since focus events
// may be triggered while in Validate.
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED;
if ( !validator->Validate(this) )
{
// If you dpm't want to display message multiple times per change,
// comment the following line.
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED);
return false;
}
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED);
}
#endif
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
bool wxPGInDialogValidator::DoValidate( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
wxValidator* validator,
const wxString& value )
{
if ( !validator )
return true;
wxTextCtrl* tc = m_textCtrl;
if ( !tc )
{
{
tc = new wxTextCtrl( propGrid, wxPG_SUBID_TEMP1, wxEmptyString,
wxPoint(30000,30000));
tc->Hide();
}
m_textCtrl = tc;
}
//wxString oldValue = tc->GetValue();
tc->SetValue(value);
validator->SetWindow(tc);
bool res = validator->Validate(propGrid);
//tc->SetValue(oldValue);
return res;
}
#else
bool wxPGInDialogValidator::DoValidate( wxPropertyGrid* WXUNUSED(propGrid),
wxValidator* WXUNUSED(validator),
const wxString& WXUNUSED(value) )
{
return true;
}
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// NB: It may really not be wxCommandEvent - must check if necessary
// (usually not).
void wxPropertyGrid::OnCustomEditorEvent( wxCommandEvent &event )
{
wxPGProperty* selected = m_selected;
//
// Somehow, event is handled after property has been deselected.
// Possibly, but very rare.
if ( !selected )
return;
bool wasUnspecified = selected->IsValueUnspecified();
bool usesAutoUnspecified = UsesAutoUnspecified();
wxWindow* wnd = m_wndPrimary;
bool res1, res2;
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED);
// First call editor class' event handler.
const wxPGEditor* editor = selected->GetEditorClass();
res1 = editor->OnEvent( this, selected, wnd, event );
if ( res1 )
{
// If changes, validate them
if ( DoEditorValidate() )
{
if ( editor->CopyValueFromControl( selected, wnd ) )
{
}
else
{
// False alarm
res1 = false;
EditorsValueWasNotModified();
// However, even moot editing will clear the unspecified status
if ( wasUnspecified || !usesAutoUnspecified )
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(selected);
}
}
else
{
res1 = false;
EditorsValueWasNotModified();
if ( wasUnspecified || !usesAutoUnspecified )
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(selected);
return;
}
}
// Then the property's custom handler (must be always called).
res2 = selected->OnEvent( this, wnd, event );
if ( res1 || res2 )
{
// Setting this is not required if res was true, so we do it now.
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED;
int selFlags = ( !wasUnspecified && selected->IsValueUnspecified() && usesAutoUnspecified ) ? wxPG_SEL_SETUNSPEC : 0;
DoPropertyChanged(selected, selFlags);
}
else
// Let unhandled button click events go to the parent
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED )
{
wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED,GetId());
GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// When a property's value was modified internally (using SetValueFromString
// or SetValueFromInt, for example), then this should be called afterwards.
// NB: Avoid using this method, if possible.
void wxPropertyGrid::PropertyWasModified( wxPGProperty* p, int selFlags )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
EditorsValueWasModified();
DoPropertyChanged(p, selFlags);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid editor control helper methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxWindow* wxPropertyGrid::GetEditorControl() const
{
wxWindow* ctrl = m_wndPrimary;
if ( !ctrl )
return ctrl;
// If it's clipper window, return its child instead
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
if ( ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) )
{
return ((wxPGClipperWindow*)ctrl)->GetControl();
}
#endif
return ctrl;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// inline because it is used exactly once in the code
inline wxRect wxPropertyGrid::GetEditorWidgetRect( wxPGProperty* p )
{
//wxASSERT( p->m_y >= 0 ); // item is not visible
int itemy = p->m_y;
int vx,vy;// Top left corner of client
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy *= wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int cust_img_space = 0;
//m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE);
// TODO: If custom image detection changes from current, change this.
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE /*p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE*/ )
{
//m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE;
int imwid = p->GetImageSize().x;
if ( imwid < 1 ) imwid = wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH;
cust_img_space = imwid + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2;
}
return wxRect
(
m_splitterx+cust_img_space+wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET+wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN+1,
itemy-vy,
m_width-m_splitterx-wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET-wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN-cust_img_space-1,
m_lineHeight-1
);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// return size of custom paint image
wxSize wxPropertyGrid::GetImageSize( wxPGId id ) const
{
if ( wxPGIdIsOk(id) )
{
wxSize cis = wxPGIdToPtr(id)->GetImageSize();
if ( cis.x < 0 )
{
if ( cis.x <= -1 )
cis.x = wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH;
}
if ( cis.y <= 0 )
{
if ( cis.y >= -1 )
cis.y = wxPG_STD_CUST_IMAGE_HEIGHT(m_lineHeight);
else
cis.y = -cis.y;
}
return cis;
}
// If called with NULL property, then return default image
// size for properties that use image.
return wxSize(wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH,wxPG_STD_CUST_IMAGE_HEIGHT(m_lineHeight));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( int newSplitterx, int newWidth )
{
wxASSERT( m_selected );
int secWid = 0;
if ( m_wndSecondary )
{
// if width change occurred, move secondary wnd by that amount
wxRect r = m_wndSecondary->GetRect();
secWid = r.width;
r.x = newWidth - secWid;
//r.y += yAdj;
m_wndSecondary->SetSize ( r );
// if primary is textctrl, then we have to add some extra space
#ifdef __WXMAC__
if ( m_wndPrimary )
#else
if ( m_wndPrimary && m_wndPrimary->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) )
#endif
secWid += wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING;
}
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
wxRect r = m_wndPrimary->GetRect();
r.x = newSplitterx+m_ctrlXAdjust;
//r.y += yAdj;
r.width = newWidth - r.x - secWid;
m_wndPrimary->SetSize(r);
}
/*
int sec_wid = 0;
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int propY = m_selected->m_y - vy;
if ( m_wndSecondary )
{
// if width change occurred, move secondary wnd by that amount
wxRect r = m_wndSecondary->GetRect();
int adjust = r.y % wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
if ( adjust > (wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT/2) )
adjust = adjust - wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int y = propY + adjust;
sec_wid = r.width;
m_wndSecondary->Move ( new_width-r.width,y );
// if primary is textctrl, then we have to add some extra space
if ( m_wndPrimary && m_wndPrimary->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) )
sec_wid += wxPG_TEXTCTRL_AND_BUTTON_SPACING;
}
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
wxRect r = m_wndPrimary->GetRect();
int adjust = r.y % wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
if ( adjust > (wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT/2) )
adjust = adjust - wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
wxLogDebug(wxT("adjust: %i"),adjust);
int y = propY + adjust;
m_wndPrimary->SetSize(
new_splitterx+m_ctrlXAdjust,
y,
new_width-(new_splitterx+m_ctrlXAdjust)-sec_wid,
r.height
);
}
*/
if ( m_wndSecondary )
m_wndSecondary->Refresh();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
/*void wxPropertyGrid::CorrectEditorWidgetSizeY( int cy )
{
if ( m_selected )
{
wxPoint cp(0,cy);
if ( m_wndPrimary )
m_wndPrimary->Move ( m_wndPrimary->GetPosition() + cp );
if ( m_wndSecondary )
m_wndSecondary->Move ( m_wndSecondary->GetPosition() + cp );
}
}*/
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// takes scrolling into account
void wxPropertyGrid::ImprovedClientToScreen( int* px, int* py )
{
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
vx*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
*px -= vx;
*py -= vy;
ClientToScreen ( px, py );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// custom set cursor
void wxPropertyGrid::CustomSetCursor( int type, bool override )
{
if ( type == m_curcursor && !override ) return;
wxCursor* cursor = &wxPG_DEFAULT_CURSOR;
if ( type == wxCURSOR_SIZEWE )
cursor = m_cursorSizeWE;
SetCursor ( *cursor );
//if ( m_wndPrimary ) m_wndPrimary->SetCursor(wxNullCursor);
m_curcursor = type;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid property selection
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CONNECT_CHILD(EVT,FUNCTYPE,FUNC) \
wnd->Connect(id, EVT, \
(wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) \
FUNCTYPE (&wxPropertyGrid::FUNC), \
NULL, this );
/*
class MyEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
{
public:
virtual bool ProcessEvent( wxEvent& event )
{
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(id=%i)"),event.GetId());
else if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxEVT_KEY_DOWN"));
event.Skip();
return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
}
};
*/
// Setups event handling for child control
void wxPropertyGrid::SetupEventHandling( wxWindow* argWnd, int id )
{
wxWindow* wnd = argWnd;
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
// Pass real control instead of clipper window
if ( wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) )
{
wnd = ((wxPGClipperWindow*)argWnd)->GetControl();
}
#endif
if ( argWnd == m_wndPrimary )
{
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_MOTION,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseMoveChild)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_LEFT_UP,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseUpChild)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseClickChild)
//CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseClickChild)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseRightClickChild)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseEntry)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,(wxMouseEventFunction),OnMouseEntry)
}
else
{
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY,(wxNavigationKeyEventFunction),OnNavigationKey)
}
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN,(wxCharEventFunction),OnChildKeyDown)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_KEY_UP,(wxCharEventFunction),OnChildKeyUp)
CONNECT_CHILD(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS,(wxFocusEventFunction),OnFocusEvent)
}
void wxPropertyGrid::FreeEditors()
{
// Do not free editors immediately if processing events
if ( !m_windowsToDelete )
m_windowsToDelete = new wxArrayPtrVoid;
if ( m_wndSecondary )
{
m_windowsToDelete->push_back(m_wndSecondary);
m_wndSecondary->Hide();
m_wndSecondary = (wxWindow*) NULL;
}
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
m_windowsToDelete->push_back(m_wndPrimary);
m_wndPrimary->Hide();
m_wndPrimary = (wxWindow*) NULL;
}
}
// Call with NULL to de-select property
bool wxPropertyGrid::DoSelectProperty( wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int flags )
{
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
if (p)
wxLogDebug(wxT("SelectProperty( %s (%s[%i]) )"),p->m_label.c_str(),
p->m_parent->m_label.c_str(),p->GetIndexInParent());
else
wxLogDebug(wxT("SelectProperty( NULL, -1 )"));
#endif
//
// Delete windows pending for deletion
if ( m_windowsToDelete && !m_processingEvent && m_windowsToDelete->size() )
{
unsigned int i;
for ( i=0; i<m_windowsToDelete->size(); i++ )
delete ((wxWindow*)((*m_windowsToDelete)[i]));
m_windowsToDelete->clear();
}
wxPGProperty* prev = m_selected;
//
// If we are frozen, then just set the values.
if ( m_frozen )
{
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_ABNORMAL_EDITOR);
m_editorFocused = 0;
m_selected = p;
FROM_STATE(m_selected) = p;
// If frozen, always free controls. But don't worry, as Thaw will
// recall SelectProperty to recreate them.
FreeEditors();
// Prevent any further selection measures in this call
p = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
else
{
// Is it the same?
if ( m_selected == p && !(flags & wxPG_SEL_FORCE) )
{
// Only set focus if not deselecting
if ( p )
{
if ( flags & wxPG_SEL_FOCUS )
{
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
m_wndPrimary->SetFocus();
m_editorFocused = 1;
}
}
else
{
wxScrolledWindow::SetFocus();
m_editorFocused = 0;
}
}
return true;
}
wxClientDC dc(this);
PrepareDC(dc);
// Don't put this earlier, due to return statements
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_IN_SELECT_PROPERTY;
//
// First, deactivate previous
if ( m_selected )
{
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT(" (closing previous (%s))"), m_selected->m_label.c_str() );
#endif
// Must double-check if this is an selected in case of forceswitch
if ( p != prev )
{
if ( !CommitChangesFromEditor(flags) )
{
// Validation has failed, so we can't exit the previous editor
//::wxMessageBox(_("Please correct the value or press ESC to cancel the edit."),
// _("Invalid Value"),wxOK|wxICON_ERROR);
return false;
}
}
FreeEditors();
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_PAINT_FLEXIBLE|wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_FULL_PAINT);
m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
FROM_STATE(m_selected) = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
// Make sure the previous selection is refreshed
// JACS: must use paint handler whenever possible
Refresh(false);
/*if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_ABNORMAL_EDITOR )
Refresh(false);
else if ( prev->m_y < (int)m_bottomy )
DoDrawItems( dc, prev, prev, NULL );
*/
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED|wxPG_FL_ABNORMAL_EDITOR);
}
//
// Then, activate the one given.
if ( p )
{
m_editorFocused = 0;
m_selected = p;
FROM_STATE(m_selected) = p;
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE;
if ( p != prev )
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALIDATION_FAILED);
//m_wndPrimary = (wxWindow*) NULL;
wxASSERT( m_wndPrimary == (wxWindow*) NULL );
// Do we need OnMeasureCalls?
wxSize imsz = p->GetImageSize();
if ( imsz.y < -1 )
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_PAINT_FLEXIBLE;
// Is the entire cell/row custom painted?
if ( imsz.x == wxPG_FULL_CUSTOM_PAINT_WIDTH )
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SELECTED_IS_FULL_PAINT;
//
// Only create editor for non-disabled non-caption
if ( p->GetParentingType() <= 0 && !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED) )
{
// do this for non-caption items
// Do we need to paint the custom image, if any?
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE);
if ( (p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE) &&
!p->GetEditorClass()->CanContainCustomImage()
)
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE;
wxRect grect = GetEditorWidgetRect(p);
wxPoint good_pos = grect.GetPosition();
#if wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN
int coord_adjust = m_height - good_pos.y;
good_pos.y += coord_adjust;
#endif
const wxPGEditor* editor = p->GetEditorClass();
wxCHECK_MSG(editor, false,
wxT("NULL editor class not allowed"));
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
m_wndPrimary = editor->CreateControls(this,
p,
good_pos,
grect.GetSize(),
&m_wndSecondary);
#else
wxPGWindowPair wndPair = editor->CreateControls(this,
p,
good_pos,
grect.GetSize());
m_wndPrimary = wndPair.m_primary;
m_wndSecondary = wndPair.m_secondary;
#endif
// NOTE: It is allowed for m_wndPrimary to be NULL - in this case
// value is drawn as normal, and m_wndSecondary is assumed
// to be a right-aligned button that triggers a separate editor
// window.
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("%s Editor created for %s"),editor->GetName(),p->GetName().c_str());
// Set validator, if any
/*#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
if ( validator ) m_wndPrimary->SetValidator(*validator);
#endif*/
if ( m_wndPrimary->GetSize().y > (m_lineHeight+6) )
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_ABNORMAL_EDITOR;
// If it has modified status, use bold font
// (must be done before capturing m_ctrlXAdjust)
if ( (p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED) && (m_windowStyle & wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED) )
SetCurControlBoldFont();
//
// Fix TextCtrl indentation
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
wxTextCtrl* tc = wxDynamicCast(m_wndPrimary, wxTextCtrl);
if ( tc )
::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(tc), EM_SETMARGINS, EC_LEFTMARGIN | EC_RIGHTMARGIN, MAKELONG(0, 0));
#endif
// Store x relative to splitter (we'll need it).
m_ctrlXAdjust = m_wndPrimary->GetPosition().x - m_splitterx;
// Check if background clear is not necessary
wxPoint pos = m_wndPrimary->GetPosition();
if ( pos.x > (m_splitterx+1) || pos.y > p->m_y )
{
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE);
}
m_wndPrimary->SetSizeHints(3,3);
#if wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN
m_wndPrimary->Show(false);
m_wndPrimary->Freeze();
good_pos = m_wndPrimary->GetPosition();
good_pos.y -= coord_adjust;
m_wndPrimary->Move( good_pos );
#endif
SetupEventHandling(m_wndPrimary, wxPG_SUBID1);
// Focus and select all (wxTextCtrl, wxComboBox etc)
if ( flags & wxPG_SEL_FOCUS )
{
wxWindow* ctrl = m_wndPrimary;
ctrl->SetFocus();
#if wxPG_NAT_TEXTCTRL_BORDER_ANY
// Take into account textctrl in clipper window
if ( ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) )
ctrl = ((wxPGClipperWindow*)ctrl)->GetControl();
#endif
p->GetEditorClass()->OnFocus(p,m_wndPrimary);
}
}
if ( m_wndSecondary )
{
m_wndSecondary->SetSizeHints(3,3);
#if wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN
wxRect sec_rect = m_wndSecondary->GetRect();
sec_rect.y -= coord_adjust;
// Fine tuning required to fix "oversized"
// button disappearance bug.
if ( sec_rect.y < 0 )
{
sec_rect.height += sec_rect.y;
sec_rect.y = 0;
}
m_wndSecondary->SetSize( sec_rect );
#endif
m_wndSecondary->Show();
SetupEventHandling(m_wndSecondary,wxPG_SUBID2);
// If no primary editor, focus to button to allow
// it to interprete ENTER etc.
// NOTE: Due to problems focusing away from it, this
// has been disabled.
/*
if ( (flags & wxPG_SEL_FOCUS) && !m_wndPrimary )
m_wndSecondary->SetFocus();
*/
}
if ( flags & wxPG_SEL_FOCUS )
m_editorFocused = 1;
}
else
{
// wxGTK atleast seems to need this (wxMSW not)
SetFocus();
}
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED);
//Update();
// If it's inside collapsed section, expand parent, scroll, etc.
// Also, if it was partially visible, scroll it into view.
int vx, vy;
GetViewStart(&vx,&vy);
vy*=wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int vy2 = vy + m_height;
if ( (p->m_y < vy ||
(p->m_y <= vy2 &&
(p->m_y+m_lineHeight) > vy2)) &&
!(flags & wxPG_SEL_NONVISIBLE) )
EnsureVisible( wxPGIdGen(p) );
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
// Clear its background
// (why can't this be optimized by some other drawing?)
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE) )
{
dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
dc.SetBrush( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW) );
dc.DrawRectangle(m_splitterx+1,p->m_y,
m_width-m_splitterx,m_lineHeight-1);
}
#if wxPG_CREATE_CONTROLS_HIDDEN
m_wndPrimary->Thaw();
#endif
m_wndPrimary->Show(true);
}
DoDrawItems( dc, p, p, (const wxRect*) NULL );
}
}
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
//
// Show help text in status bar.
// (if found and grid not embedded in manager with help box and
// style wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS is not used).
//
if ( !(GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS) )
{
wxStatusBar* statusbar = (wxStatusBar*) NULL;
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_NOSTATUSBARHELP) )
{
wxFrame* frame = wxDynamicCast(::wxGetTopLevelParent(this),wxFrame);
if ( frame )
statusbar = frame->GetStatusBar();
}
if ( statusbar )
{
const wxString* pHelpString = (const wxString*) NULL;
if ( p && p->m_dataExt )
{
pHelpString = &p->m_dataExt->m_helpString;
if ( pHelpString->length() )
{
// Set help box text.
statusbar->SetStatusText( *pHelpString );
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_STRING_IN_STATUSBAR;
}
}
if ( (!pHelpString || !pHelpString->length()) &&
(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_STRING_IN_STATUSBAR) )
{
// Clear help box - but only if it was written
// by us at previous time.
statusbar->SetStatusText( m_emptyString );
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_STRING_IN_STATUSBAR);
}
}
}
#endif
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_IN_SELECT_PROPERTY);
// call wx event handler (here so that it also occurs on deselection)
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_SELECTED, m_selected, flags );
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This method is not inline because it called dozens of times
// (i.e. two-arg function calls create smaller code size).
bool wxPropertyGrid::ClearSelection()
{
return DoSelectProperty((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid expand/collapse state and priority (compact mode) related
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::_Collapse( wxPGProperty* p, bool sendEvents )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( p, false, wxT("invalid property id") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() == 0 ) return false;
if ( !pwc->m_expanded ) return false;
// If active editor was inside collapsed section, then disable it
if ( m_selected && m_selected->IsSomeParent (p) )
{
if ( !ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
// Store dont-center-splitter flag 'cause we need to temporarily set it
wxUint32 old_flag = m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
// m_expanded must be set just before call to CalculateYs
pwc->m_expanded = 0;
// Redraw etc. only if collapsed was visible.
if (pwc->m_y >= 0 &&
!m_frozen &&
( pwc->GetParentingType() != 1 || !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) ) )
{
/*int y_adjust = 0;
if ( m_selected && m_selected->m_y > pwc->m_y )
{
wxPGProperty* next_vis = GetNeighbourItem(pwc,true,1);
wxASSERT( next_vis );
y_adjust = next_vis->m_y - pwc->m_y - m_lineHeight;
}*/
CalculateYs( pwc->m_parent, pwc->m_arrIndex );
// Fix control position.
/*if ( y_adjust )
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeY ( -y_adjust );*/
// When item is collapsed so that scrollbar would move,
// graphics mess is about (unless we redraw everything).
Refresh();
}
// Clear dont-center-splitter flag if it wasn't set
m_iFlags = m_iFlags & ~(wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER) | old_flag;
if ( sendEvents )
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED, p );
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::_Expand( wxPGProperty* p, bool sendEvents )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( p, false, wxT("invalid property id") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() == 0 ) return false;
if ( pwc->m_expanded ) return false;
// Store dont-center-splitter flag 'cause we need to temporarily set it
wxUint32 old_flag = m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
// m_expanded must be set just before call to CalculateYs
pwc->m_expanded = 1;
// Redraw etc. only if expanded was visible.
if ( pwc->m_y >= 0 && !m_frozen &&
( pwc->GetParentingType() != 1 || !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES) )
)
{
CalculateYs( pwc->m_parent, pwc->m_arrIndex );
/*int y_adjust = pwc->GetCount()*m_lineHeight;
// Fix widget position as well
if ( m_selected && m_selected->m_y > pwc->m_y )
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeY ( y_adjust );*/
// Redraw
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
Refresh();
#else
//wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT_R(true)
//DrawItems( dc, pwc->m_y, m_bottomy );
DrawItems(pwc,(wxPGProperty*) NULL);
#endif
}
// Clear dont-center-splitter flag if it wasn't set
m_iFlags = m_iFlags & ~(wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER) | old_flag;
if ( sendEvents )
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED, p );
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::Compact( bool compact )
{
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::Compact()") );
#endif
if ( compact )
{
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE) )
{
// Deselect selected if it was hideable
if ( m_selected && ( m_selected->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE ) )
{
if ( !ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE;
if ( !m_frozen )
{
CalculateYs( NULL, -1 );
RedrawAllVisible();
}
}
}
else
{
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE )
{
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE);
if ( !m_frozen )
{
CalculateYs( NULL, -1 );
RedrawAllVisible();
}
}
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Used by HideProperty as well
bool wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyPriority( wxPGProperty* p, int priority )
{
/*
// Old code (Commented Aug-09-2007)
if ( m_frozen )
return m_pState->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE) && m_selected &&
( m_selected == p || m_selected->IsSomeParent(p) )
)
{
if ( !ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
m_pState->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE )
{
CalculateYs(NULL,-1);
RedrawAllVisible();
}
return true;
*/
// Stefan Battmer:
// Changed in a way that this update is only forced when the
// properties new priority actually differs from the current
// priority to improve update speed
if ( p )
{
int oldPriority = ( p->IsFlagSet(wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE) ) ? wxPG_LOW : wxPG_HIGH;
if( oldPriority != priority )
{
if ( m_frozen )
return m_pState->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE) && m_selected &&
( m_selected == p || m_selected->IsSomeParent(p) )
)
{
if ( !ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
m_pState->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HIDE_STATE )
{
CalculateYs(NULL,-1);
RedrawAllVisible();
}
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid size related methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is called by CalculateYs (so those calling it won't need to call this)
void wxPropertyGrid::RecalculateVirtualSize()
{
int x = m_width;
int y = m_bottomy;
//SetClientSize(x,y);
// Now adjust virtual size.
SetVirtualSize(x, y);
PGAdjustScrollbars(y);
//
// FIXME: Is this really needed? I mean, can't OnResize handle this?
int width, height;
GetClientSize(&width,&height);
if ( m_selected && width != m_width )
{
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( m_splitterx, width );
}
m_width = width;
m_height = height;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::PGAdjustScrollbars( int y )
{
// Adjust scrollbars.
y += wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT+2; // One more scrollbar unit + 2 pixels.
int y_amount = y/wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT;
int y_pos = GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL );
SetScrollbars( 0, wxPG_PIXELS_PER_UNIT, 0,
y_amount, 0, y_pos, true );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
/*
bool wxPropertyGrid::DetectScrollbar()
{
// Call at every time scrollbar may have appeared/disappeared
// Returns true if scrollbar was toggled
bool toggled = false;
// Use functions instead of m_width for total independence
wxCoord width = GetSize().x;
wxCoord cwidth = GetClientSize().x;
if ( abs(width-cwidth) >= wxPG_MIN_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH )
{
// There is a scrollbar.
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED) )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("Scrollbar Appeared"));
toggled = true;
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED;
}
}
else if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("Scrollbar Disappeared"));
toggled = true;
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED);
}
return toggled;
}
*/
void wxPropertyGrid::OnResize( wxSizeEvent& event )
{
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED) )
return;
if ( FROM_STATE(m_itemsAdded) && !m_frozen )
PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
int width, height;
GetClientSize(&width,&height);
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGrid::OnResize ( %i, %i )"),width,height);
#endif
//int old_width = m_width;
//int old_height = m_height;
int old_fwidth = m_fWidth; // non-client width
int old_splitterx = m_splitterx;
int fwidth = event.GetSize().x;
m_fWidth = fwidth;
m_width = width;
m_height = height;
int widthDiff = fwidth - old_fwidth;
#if wxPG_DOUBLE_BUFFER
if ( !(GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING) )
{
int dblh = (m_lineHeight*2);
if ( !m_doubleBuffer )
{
// Create double buffer bitmap to draw on, if none
int w = (width>250)?width:250;
int h = height + dblh;
h = (h>400)?h:400;
m_doubleBuffer = new wxBitmap ( w, h );
}
else
{
int w = m_doubleBuffer->GetWidth();
int h = m_doubleBuffer->GetHeight();
// Double buffer must be large enough
if ( w < width || h < (height+dblh) )
{
if ( w < width ) w = width;
if ( h < (height+dblh) ) h = height + dblh;
delete m_doubleBuffer;
m_doubleBuffer = new wxBitmap ( w, h );
}
}
}
// Consider full update on every resize
//m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_CHANGED;
#endif
//
// Center splitter when...
// * always when propGrid not shown yet or its full size is not realized yet
// and then only if splitter's position was not pre-set
// * auto-centering is enabled and scrollbar was not toggled
//
// Need to center splitter?
//if ( width!=old_width )
{
bool needSplitterCheck = true;
//if ( !sb_vis_toggled )
{
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER )
{
float centerX = float(width) * 0.5;
float splitterX = m_fSplitterX + (float(widthDiff) * 0.5);
float deviation = fabs(centerX - splitterX);
//wxLogDebug(wxT("deviation: %.1f"),deviation);
// If deviated too far from the center, reset it
if ( deviation > 30.0 )
splitterX = centerX;
DoSetSplitterPosition( (int)splitterX, false );
m_fSplitterX = splitterX; // needed to retain accuracy
needSplitterCheck = false;
}
else if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_SPLITTER_PRE_SET) )
{
long timeSinceCreation = (::wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - m_timeCreated).ToLong();
if ( m_pState->m_properties->GetCount() || timeSinceCreation > 750 )
{
SetSplitterLeft( false );
needSplitterCheck = false;
}
else
{
DoSetSplitterPosition( width / 2, false );
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_SPLITTER_PRE_SET);
needSplitterCheck = false;
}
}
}
if ( needSplitterCheck && (m_splitterx + wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN) > width )
{
long timeSinceCreation = (::wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - m_timeCreated).ToLong();
if ( timeSinceCreation >= 750 )
{
DoSetSplitterPosition( width - wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN - 1, false );
}
}
}
// Need to correct widget position?
if ( m_selected /*&& (width != old_width || sb_vis_toggled)*/ )
{
// Take splitter position change into account
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( m_splitterx, width );
}
if ( !m_frozen )
{
// Need to recalculate visibles array?
//if ( height != old_height )
if ( height > m_calcVisHeight )
CalculateVisibles( -1, false );
/*if ( sb_vis_toggled )
{
Refresh();
}
else*/
if ( m_splitterx != old_splitterx )
{
Refresh();
/*if ( abs(height-old_height) < 100 )
{
Update(); // Necessary, atleast on wxMSW
RedrawAllVisible();
}
else
{
Refresh();
}*/
}
}
// Without this, virtual size (atleast under wxGTK) will be skewed
RecalculateVirtualSize();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid mouse event handling
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// selFlags uses same values DoSelectProperty's flags
void wxPropertyGrid::SendEvent( int eventType, wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int selFlags )
{
// Send property grid event of specific type and with specific property
wxPropertyGridEvent evt( eventType, GetId() );
evt.SetPropertyGrid(this);
evt.SetEventObject(m_eventObject);
evt.SetProperty(p);
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler = GetEventHandler();
// Always need to process event immediately if the property in question is
// about to be deleted.
if ( (selFlags & wxPG_SEL_DELETING) ||
(GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_PROCESS_EVENTS_IMMEDIATELY) )
{
evtHandler->ProcessEvent(evt);
}
else
{
evt.SetPending(true);
evtHandler->AddPendingEvent(evt);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Return false if should be skipped
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseClick( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event )
{
bool res = true;
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> HandleMouseClick") );
#endif
// Need to set focus?
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) )
{
SetFocus();
}
if ( y < m_bottomy )
{
wxPGProperty* p = DoGetItemAtY(y);
if ( p )
{
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
int depth = (int)p->GetDepth() - 1;
int marginEnds = m_marginWidth + ( depth * m_subgroup_extramargin );
if ( x >= marginEnds )
{
// Outside margin.
if ( parenting > 0 )
{
// This is category.
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pwc = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)p;
int text_x = m_marginWidth + ((unsigned int)((pwc->m_depth-1)*m_subgroup_extramargin));
// Expand, collapse, activate etc. if click on text or left of splitter.
if ( x >= text_x
&&
( x < (text_x+pwc->GetTextExtent()+(wxPG_CAPRECTXMARGIN*2))
||
x < m_splitterx
)
)
{
if ( !DoSelectProperty( p ) )
return res;
// On double-click, expand/collapse.
if ( event.ButtonDClick() && !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) )
{
if ( pwc->m_expanded ) _Collapse ( p, true );
else _Expand ( p, true );
}
}
}
else if ( x > (m_splitterx + wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2) ||
x < (m_splitterx - wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1) )
{
// Click on value.
unsigned int selFlag = 0;
if ( x > m_splitterx )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_ACTIVATION_BY_CLICK;
selFlag = wxPG_SEL_FOCUS;
}
if ( !DoSelectProperty( p, selFlag ) )
return res;
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_ACTIVATION_BY_CLICK);
if ( p->GetParentingType() < 0 )
// On double-click, expand/collapse.
if ( event.ButtonDClick() && !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->m_expanded ) _Collapse ( p, true );
else _Expand ( p, true );
}
res = false;
}
else
{
// click on splitter
if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxPG_STATIC_SPLITTER) )
{
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
{
// Double-clicking the splitter causes auto-centering
CenterSplitter( true );
// TODO: Would this be more natural?
// .NET grid doesn't do it but maybe we should.
//CustomSetCursor ( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
}
else if ( m_dragStatus == 0 )
{
//
// Begin draggin the splitter
//
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" dragging begins at splitter + %i"),
(int)(x - m_splitterx) );
#endif
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
// Changes must be committed here or the
// value won't be drawn correctly
if ( !CommitChangesFromEditor() )
return res;
m_wndPrimary->Show ( false );
}
BEGIN_MOUSE_CAPTURE
m_dragStatus = 1;
m_dragOffset = x - m_splitterx;
wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT()
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
// Fixes button disappearance bug
if ( m_wndSecondary )
m_wndSecondary->Show ( false );
#endif
m_startingSplitterX = m_splitterx;
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
#else
Update(); // clear graphics mess
DrawSplitterDragColumn( dc, m_splitterx );
m_splitterprevdrawnx = m_splitterx;
#endif
}
}
}
}
else
{
// Click on margin.
if ( parenting != 0 )
{
int nx = x + m_marginWidth - marginEnds; // Normalize x.
if ( (nx >= m_gutterWidth && nx < (m_gutterWidth+m_iconWidth)) )
{
int y2 = y - p->m_y;
if ( (y2 >= m_buttonSpacingY && y2 < (m_buttonSpacingY+m_iconHeight)) )
{
// On click on expander button, expand/collapse
if ( ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->m_expanded )
_Collapse ( p, true );
else
_Expand ( p, true );
}
}
}
}
}
}
return res;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseRightClick( int WXUNUSED(x), unsigned int y,
wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
{
if ( y < m_bottomy )
{
// Select property here as well
wxPGProperty* p = m_propHover;
if ( p != m_selected )
DoSelectProperty( p );
// Send right click event.
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK, p );
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseDoubleClick( int WXUNUSED(x), unsigned int y,
wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
{
if ( y < m_bottomy )
{
// Select property here as well
wxPGProperty* p = m_propHover;
if ( p != m_selected )
DoSelectProperty( p );
// Send double-click event.
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK, m_propHover );
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
/*
// Splits text into lines so that each will have width less than arg maxWidth.
// * Returns string with line breaks inserted into appropriate positions.
// * Keeps words together.
// * Useful in conjunction with wxWindow::SetToolTip and wxDC::DrawLabel.
static wxString SplitTextByPixelWidth(wxDC& dc, const wxString& text, int lineWidth)
{
if ( !text.length() )
return text;
wxString resultLine;
wxArrayInt extents;
unsigned int index = 0;
unsigned int maxIndex = text.length() - 1;
unsigned int prevSplitIndex = 0;
unsigned int prevCanSplitIndex = 0;
int lineCheckWidth = lineWidth;
wxChar prevA = wxT('\0');
dc.GetPartialTextExtents(text,extents);
wxASSERT( text.length() == extents.GetCount() );
while ( index <= maxIndex )
{
const wxChar A = text[index];
if ( !wxIsalnum(prevA) )
{
// Can split here
prevCanSplitIndex = index;
}
else
{
// Can't split here
}
if ( ( (extents[index] >= lineCheckWidth || A == wxT('\n')) &&
index > prevCanSplitIndex ) ||
index == maxIndex )
{
// Need to split now
unsigned int useSplit = prevCanSplitIndex;
if ( useSplit <= prevSplitIndex ||
index >= maxIndex )
useSplit = index;
resultLine << text.Mid(prevSplitIndex,useSplit-prevSplitIndex);
if ( index >= maxIndex )
break;
else
if ( A != wxT('\n') )
{
resultLine.Append(_T("\n"));
//resultLine.Append(text.Mid(useSplit,text.length()-useSplit));
//break;
}
prevSplitIndex = useSplit;
lineCheckWidth = extents[useSplit] + lineWidth;
//widSum = 0;
index = useSplit;
prevA = wxT('\0');
}
else
{
index++;
prevA = A;
}
}
return resultLine;
}
*/
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
void wxPropertyGrid::SetToolTip( const wxString& tipString )
{
if ( tipString.length() )
{
//wxClientDC dc(this);
//wxString finalString = SplitTextByPixelWidth(dc,tipString,350);
//wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip(finalString);
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip(tipString);
}
else
{
#if wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( m_emptyString );
#else
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( NULL );
#endif
}
}
#endif // #if wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Return false if should be skipped
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseMove( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event )
{
// Safety check (needed because mouse capturing may
// otherwise freeze the control)
if ( m_dragStatus > 0 && !event.Dragging() )
{
//wxLogDebug(wxT("MOUSE CAPTURE SAFETY RELEASE TRIGGERED"));
HandleMouseUp(x,y,event);
}
if ( m_dragStatus > 0 )
{
if ( x > (m_marginWidth + wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN) &&
x < (m_width - wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN) )
{
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
int new_splitterx = x - m_dragOffset;
// Splitter redraw required?
if ( new_splitterx != m_splitterx )
{
if ( m_selected )
CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX( new_splitterx, m_width );
// Move everything
m_splitterx = new_splitterx;
m_fSplitterX = (float) new_splitterx;
Update();
RedrawAllVisible();
}
#else
if ( x != m_splitterx )
{
wxPG_CLIENT_DC_INIT_R(false)
if ( m_splitterprevdrawnx != -1 )
DrawSplitterDragColumn( dc, m_splitterprevdrawnx );
m_splitterx = x;
m_fSplitterX = (float) x;
DrawSplitterDragColumn( dc, x );
m_splitterprevdrawnx = x;
}
#endif
m_dragStatus = 2;
}
return false;
}
else
{
int ih = m_lineHeight;
int sy = y;
#if wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
wxPGProperty* prevHover = m_propHover;
unsigned char prevSide = m_mouseSide;
#endif
// On which item it hovers
if ( ( !m_propHover && y < m_bottomy)
||
( m_propHover && ( sy < m_propHover->m_y || sy >= (m_propHover->m_y+ih) ) )
)
{
// Mouse moves on another property
m_propHover = DoGetItemAtY(y);
// Send hover event
SendEvent( wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED, m_propHover );
}
#if wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
// Store which side we are on
m_mouseSide = 0;
if ( x >= m_splitterx )
m_mouseSide = 2;
else if ( x >= m_marginWidth )
m_mouseSide = 1;
//
// If tooltips are enabled, show label or value as a tip
// in case it doesn't otherwise show in full length.
//
if ( m_windowStyle & wxPG_TOOLTIPS )
{
wxToolTip* tooltip = GetToolTip();
if ( m_propHover != prevHover || prevSide != m_mouseSide )
{
if ( m_propHover && m_propHover->GetParentingType() <= 0 )
{
if ( GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS )
{
// Show help string as a tooltip
wxString tipString = m_propHover->GetHelpString();
SetToolTip(tipString);
}
else
{
// Show cropped value string as a tooltip
wxString tipString;
int space = 0;
if ( m_mouseSide == 1 )
{
tipString = m_propHover->m_label;
space = m_splitterx-m_marginWidth-3;
}
else if ( m_mouseSide == 2 )
{
tipString = m_propHover->GetDisplayedString();
space = m_width - m_splitterx;
if ( m_propHover->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE )
space -= wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2;
}
if ( space )
{
int tw, th;
GetTextExtent( tipString, &tw, &th, 0, 0, &m_font );
if ( tw > space )
{
SetToolTip( tipString );
}
}
else
{
if ( tooltip )
{
#if wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( m_emptyString );
#else
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( NULL );
#endif
}
}
}
}
else
{
if ( tooltip )
{
#if wxPG_ALLOW_EMPTY_TOOLTIPS
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( m_emptyString );
#else
wxScrolledWindow::SetToolTip( NULL );
#endif
}
}
}
}
#endif
if ( x > (m_splitterx + wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2) ||
x < (m_splitterx - wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1) ||
y >= m_bottomy ||
(m_windowStyle & wxPG_STATIC_SPLITTER) )
{
// hovering on something else
if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_ARROW )
CustomSetCursor( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
}
else
{
// Do not allow splitter cursor on caption items.
// (also not if we were dragging and its started
// outside the splitter region)
if ( m_propHover &&
m_propHover->GetParentingType() <= 0 &&
!event.Dragging() )
{
// hovering on splitter
// NB: Condition disabled since MouseLeave event (from the editor control) cannot be
// reliably detected.
//if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_SIZEWE )
CustomSetCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE, true );
return false;
}
else
{
// hovering on something else
if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_ARROW )
CustomSetCursor( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
}
}
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Also handles Leaving event
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseUp( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
{
bool res = false;
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" \\--> HandleMouseUp") );
#endif
// No event type check - basicly calling this method should
// just stop dragging.
//if( event.LeftUp() || event.Leaving() )
//{
// Left up after dragged?
if ( m_dragStatus >= 1 )
{
//
// End Splitter Dragging
//
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT(" dragging ends") );
#endif
// DO NOT ENABLE FOLLOWING LINE!
// (it is only here as a reminder to not to do it)
//m_splitterx = x;
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
//Refresh();
#else
DoSetSplitterPosition( -1 ); // -1 tells not to make change
// Hack to clear-up editor graphics mess (on wxMSW, atleast)
if ( m_selected )
DrawItem ( m_selected );
#endif
// Disable splitter auto-centering
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER;
// This is necessary to return cursor
END_MOUSE_CAPTURE
// Set back the default cursor, if necessary
if ( x > (m_splitterx + wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2) ||
x < (m_splitterx - wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1) ||
y >= m_bottomy )
{
CustomSetCursor( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
}
m_dragStatus = 0;
#if wxPG_HEAVY_GFX
// Control background needs to be cleared
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE) && m_selected )
DrawItem ( m_selected );
#endif
if ( m_wndPrimary )
{
m_wndPrimary->Show ( true );
}
#if wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS_AFTER_REPAINT
// Fixes button disappearance bug
if ( m_wndSecondary )
m_wndSecondary->Show ( true );
#endif
// This clears the focus.
m_editorFocused = 0;
}
//}
return res;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseCommon( wxMouseEvent& event, int* px, int* py )
{
int ux, uy;
CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.m_x, event.m_y, &ux, &uy );
// Hide popup on clicks
// FIXME: Not necessary after transient window implemented
if ( event.GetEventType() != wxEVT_MOTION )
if ( m_wndPrimary && m_wndPrimary->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)) )
{
((wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)m_wndPrimary)->HidePopup();
}
//if (printmsg) wxLogDebug( wxT("On") wxT(#func) wxT("( %i, %i )"),(int)ux,(int)uy );
wxRect r;
wxWindow* wnd = m_wndPrimary;
if ( wnd )
r = wnd->GetRect();
if ( wnd == (wxWindow*) NULL || m_dragStatus ||
(
ux <= (m_splitterx + wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2) ||
event.m_y < r.y ||
event.m_y >= (r.y+r.height)
)
)
{
*px = ux;
*py = uy;
return true;
}
else
{
if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_ARROW ) CustomSetCursor ( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseClick( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x, y;
if ( OnMouseCommon( event, &x, &y ) )
{
HandleMouseClick(x,y,event);
}
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseRightClick( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x, y;
CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.m_x, event.m_y, &x, &y );
HandleMouseRightClick(x,y,event);
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseDoubleClick( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
// Always run standard mouse-down handler as well
OnMouseClick(event);
int x, y;
CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.m_x, event.m_y, &x, &y );
HandleMouseDoubleClick(x,y,event);
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseMove( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x, y;
if ( OnMouseCommon ( event, &x, &y ) )
{
HandleMouseMove(x,y,event);
}
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseUp( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x, y;
if ( OnMouseCommon ( event, &x, &y ) )
{
HandleMouseUp(x,y,event);
}
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseEntry( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
// This may get called from child control as well, so event's
// mouse position cannot be relied on.
//int x = event.m_x;
//int y = event.m_y;
if ( event.Entering() )
{
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE) )
{
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("Mouse Enters Window"));
#endif
//SetCursor ( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
// TODO: Fix this (detect parent and only do
// cursor trick if it is a manager).
wxASSERT( GetParent() );
GetParent()->SetCursor(wxNullCursor);
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE;
//if ( m_wndPrimary ) m_wndPrimary->Show ( true );
}
else
GetParent()->SetCursor(wxNullCursor);
}
else if ( event.Leaving() )
{
// Without this, wxSpinCtrl editor will sometimes have wrong cursor
SetCursor( wxNullCursor );
// Get real cursor position
wxPoint pt = ScreenToClient(::wxGetMousePosition());
if ( ( pt.x <= 0 || pt.y <= 0 || pt.x >= m_width || pt.y >= m_height ) )
{
//if ( CommitChangesFromEditor() )
{
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE) )
{
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug(wxT("Mouse Leaves Window"));
#endif
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE);
//if ( m_wndPrimary ) m_wndPrimary->Show ( false );
}
if ( m_dragStatus )
wxPropertyGrid::HandleMouseUp ( -1, 10000, event );
}
}
else
{
/*#if wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION
// cursor must be reset because EVT_MOTION handler is not there to do it
if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_ARROW ) CustomSetCursor ( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
#endif*/
}
}
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// if (printmsg) wxLogDebug( wxT("On") wxT(#func) wxT("Child ( %i, %i )"),(int)event.m_x,(int)event.m_y );
// Common code used by various OnMouseXXXChild methods.
bool wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseChildCommon( wxMouseEvent &event, int* px, int *py )
{
wxWindow* topCtrlWnd = (wxWindow*)event.GetEventObject();
wxASSERT( topCtrlWnd );
int x, y;
event.GetPosition(&x,&y);
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
// Take clipper window into account
if (topCtrlWnd->GetPosition().x < 1 &&
!topCtrlWnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)))
{
topCtrlWnd = topCtrlWnd->GetParent();
wxASSERT( topCtrlWnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow)) );
x -= ((wxPGClipperWindow*)topCtrlWnd)->GetXClip();
y -= ((wxPGClipperWindow*)topCtrlWnd)->GetYClip();
}
#endif
wxRect r = topCtrlWnd->GetRect();
if ( !m_dragStatus &&
x > (m_splitterx-r.x+wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2) &&
y >= 0 && y < r.height \
)
{
if ( m_curcursor != wxCURSOR_ARROW ) CustomSetCursor ( wxCURSOR_ARROW );
event.Skip();
}
else
{
CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.m_x + r.x, event.m_y + r.y, \
px, py );
return true;
}
return false;
}
/*void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseEntryChild ( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("Entering/Leaving Child..."));
event.Skip();
}*/
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseClickChild( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x,y;
if ( OnMouseChildCommon(event,&x,&y) )
{
bool res = HandleMouseClick(x,y,event);
if ( !res ) event.Skip();
/*if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
{
HandleMouseDoubleClick( x, y, event );
event.Skip();
}*/
}
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseRightClickChild( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x,y;
wxASSERT( m_wndPrimary );
// These coords may not be exact (about +-2),
// but that should not matter (right click is about item, not position).
wxPoint pt = m_wndPrimary->GetPosition();
CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.m_x + pt.x, event.m_y + pt.y, &x, &y );
wxASSERT( m_selected );
m_propHover = m_selected;
bool res = HandleMouseRightClick(x,y,event);
if ( !res ) event.Skip();
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseMoveChild( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x,y;
if ( OnMouseChildCommon(event,&x,&y) )
{
bool res = HandleMouseMove(x,y,event);
if ( !res ) event.Skip();
}
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnMouseUpChild( wxMouseEvent &event )
{
int x,y;
if ( OnMouseChildCommon(event,&x,&y) )
{
bool res = HandleMouseUp(x,y,event);
if ( !res ) event.Skip();
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid keyboard event handling
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SendNavigationKeyEvent( int dir )
{
wxNavigationKeyEvent evt;
evt.SetFlags(wxNavigationKeyEvent::FromTab|
(dir?wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward:
wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward));
evt.SetEventObject(this);
GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt);
}
void wxPropertyGrid::HandleKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent &event)
{
//
// Handles key event when editor control is not focused.
//
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::HandleKeyEvent(%i)"),(int)event.GetKeyCode() );
#endif
wxASSERT( !m_frozen );
if ( m_frozen )
return;
// Travelsal between items, collapsing/expanding, etc.
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
if ( keycode == WXK_TAB )
{
SendNavigationKeyEvent( event.ShiftDown()?0:1 );
return;
}
// Ignore Alt and Control when they are down alone
if ( keycode == WXK_ALT ||
keycode == WXK_CONTROL )
{
event.Skip();
return;
}
if ( m_selected )
{
// Show dialog?
if ( ButtonTriggerKeyTest(event) )
return;
wxPGProperty* p = m_selected;
int selectDir = -2;
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 &&
!(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED)
)
{
//wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( keycode == WXK_LEFT )
{
if ( (m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) || Collapse ( p ) )
keycode = 0;
}
else if ( keycode == WXK_RIGHT )
{
if ( (m_windowStyle & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN) || Expand ( p ) )
keycode = 0;
}
}
if ( keycode )
{
if ( keycode == WXK_UP || keycode == WXK_LEFT )
{
selectDir = 0;
}
else if ( keycode == WXK_DOWN || keycode == WXK_RIGHT )
{
selectDir = 1;
}
else
{
event.Skip();
}
}
if ( selectDir >= -1 )
{
p = GetNeighbourItem( p, true, selectDir );
if ( p )
DoSelectProperty(p);
}
}
else
{
// If nothing was selected, select the first item now
// (or navigate out of tab).
if ( keycode != WXK_ESCAPE )
{
wxPGProperty* p = GetFirst();
if ( p ) DoSelectProperty(p);
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Potentially handles a keyboard event for editor controls.
// Returns false if event should *not* be skipped (on true it can
// be optionally skipped).
// Basicly, false means that SelectProperty was called (or was about
// to be called, if canDestroy was false).
bool wxPropertyGrid::HandleChildKey( wxKeyEvent& event, bool canDestroy )
{
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
bool res = true;
#if __INTENSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid::HandleChildKey(%i)"),(int)event.GetKeyCode() );
#endif
// Unfocus?
if ( keycode == WXK_ESCAPE )
{
// Esc cancels any changes
EditorsValueWasNotModified();
wxPGProperty* p = m_selected;
res = false;
if ( canDestroy )
{
DoSelectProperty( (wxPGProperty*)NULL, wxPG_SEL_NOVALIDATE );
DoSelectProperty( p );
}
}
return res;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnKey( wxKeyEvent &event )
{
//
// Events to editor controls should get relayed here.
//
wxWindow* focused = wxWindow::FindFocus();
//wxLogDebug(wxT("OnKey"));
if ( m_wndPrimary &&
(focused==m_wndPrimary
|| m_editorFocused
#if wxPG_ENABLE_CLIPPER_WINDOW
|| ((m_wndPrimary->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGClipperWindow))) &&
((wxPGClipperWindow*)m_wndPrimary)->GetControl() == focused)
#endif
) )
{
// Child key must be processed here, since it can
// destroy the control which is referred by its own
// event handling.
HandleChildKey( event, true );
}
else
HandleKeyEvent( event );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent &event)
{
m_keyComboConsumed = 0;
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event )
{
// Ignore events that occur very close to focus set
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY )
{
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY);
event.Skip();
return;
}
wxPGProperty* next = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
int dir = event.GetDirection()?1:0;
if ( m_selected )
{
if ( dir == 1 && (m_wndPrimary || m_wndSecondary) )
{
wxWindow* focused = wxWindow::FindFocus();
wxWindow* wndToCheck = GetEditorControl();
// ODComboBox focus goes to its text ctrl, so we need to use it instead
if ( wndToCheck && wndToCheck->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox)) )
{
wxTextCtrl* comboTextCtrl = ((wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox*)wndToCheck)->GetTextCtrl();
if ( comboTextCtrl )
wndToCheck = comboTextCtrl;
}
/*
// Because of problems navigating from wxButton, do not go to it.
if ( !wndToCheck )
{
// No primary, use secondary
wndToCheck = m_wndSecondary;
}
// If it has editor button, focus to it after the primary editor.
// NB: Doesn't work since wxButton on wxMSW doesn't seem to propagate
// key events (yes, I'm using wxWANTS_CHARS with it, and yes I
// have somewhat debugged in window.cpp itself).
else if ( focused == wndToCheck &&
m_wndSecondary &&
!(GetExtraStyle() & wxPG_EX_NO_TAB_TO_BUTTON) )
{
wndToCheck = m_wndSecondary;
wxLogDebug(wxT("Exp1"));
}
*/
if ( focused != wndToCheck &&
wndToCheck )
{
wndToCheck->SetFocus();
// Select all text in wxTextCtrl etc.
if ( m_wndPrimary && wndToCheck == m_wndPrimary )
m_selected->GetEditorClass()->OnFocus(m_selected,wndToCheck);
m_editorFocused = 1;
next = m_selected;
}
}
if ( !next )
{
next = GetNeighbourItem(m_selected,true,dir);
if ( next )
{
// This allows preventing NavigateOut to occur
DoSelectProperty( next, wxPG_SEL_FOCUS );
}
}
}
if ( !next )
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGrid::ButtonTriggerKeyTest( wxKeyEvent &event )
{
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
// Does the keycode trigger button?
if ( keycode == m_pushButKeyCode &&
m_wndSecondary &&
(!m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsAlt || event.AltDown()) &&
(!m_pushButKeyCodeNeedsCtrl || event.ControlDown()) )
{
m_keyComboConsumed = 1;
wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED,m_wndSecondary->GetId());
GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnChildKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event )
{
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
// Ignore Alt and Control when they are down alone
if ( keycode == WXK_ALT ||
keycode == WXK_CONTROL )
{
event.Skip();
return;
}
if ( ButtonTriggerKeyTest(event) )
return;
// Since event handling may destroy the control which
// triggered this event, we need to send it separately
// to the wxPropertyGrid itself. Also, to allow pushed
// event handler to grab ENTER, ESC and such, this
// has been changed to add all keys as events.
if ( HandleChildKey(event,false) == true )
event.Skip();
GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(event);
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnChildKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event )
{
m_keyComboConsumed = 0;
GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(event);
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGrid miscellaneous event handling
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
{
//
// Check if the focus is in this control or one of its children
wxWindow* newFocused = wxWindow::FindFocus();
if ( newFocused != m_curFocused )
HandleFocusChange( newFocused );
}
// Called by focus event handlers. newFocused is the window that becomes focused.
void wxPropertyGrid::HandleFocusChange( wxWindow* newFocused )
{
unsigned int oldFlags = m_iFlags;
//wxLogDebug(wxT("HandleFocusChange: %s"),newFocused?newFocused->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName():wxT("NULL"));
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_FOCUSED);
wxWindow* parent = newFocused;
// This must be one of nextFocus' parents.
while ( parent )
{
// Use m_eventObject, which is either wxPropertyGrid or
// wxPropertyGridManager, as appropriate.
if ( parent == m_eventObject )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_FOCUSED;
break;
}
parent = parent->GetParent();
}
m_curFocused = newFocused;
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) !=
(oldFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) )
{
// On each focus kill, mark the next nav key event
// to be ignored (can't do on set focus since the
// event would occur before it).
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY;
// Need to store changed value
CommitChangesFromEditor();
}
else
{
/*
//
// Preliminary code for tab-order respecting
// tab-traversal (but should be moved to
// OnNav handler)
//
wxWindow* prevFocus = event.GetWindow();
wxWindow* useThis = this;
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_IN_MANAGER )
useThis = GetParent();
if ( prevFocus &&
prevFocus->GetParent() == useThis->GetParent() )
{
wxList& children = useThis->GetParent()->GetChildren();
wxNode* node = children.Find(prevFocus);
if ( node->GetNext() &&
useThis == node->GetNext()->GetData() )
DoSelectProperty(GetFirst());
else if ( node->GetPrevious () &&
useThis == node->GetPrevious()->GetData() )
DoSelectProperty(GetLastProperty());
}
*/
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY);
}
// Redraw selected
if ( m_selected && (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED) )
DrawItem( m_selected );
}
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnFocusEvent( wxFocusEvent& event )
{
#if 1
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
HandleFocusChange((wxWindow*)event.GetEventObject());
// Line changed to "else" when applying patch #1675902
//else if ( event.GetWindow() )
else
HandleFocusChange(event.GetWindow());
event.Skip();
#else
unsigned int oldFlags = m_iFlags;
//
// Determine the current focus state
if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS ||
event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_FOCUSED;
}
else
{
wxWindow* nextFocus = event.GetWindow();
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_FOCUSED);
wxWindow* parent = nextFocus;
//wxLogDebug(wxT("KillFocus: %s"),parent->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
// This must be one of nextFocus' parents.
while ( parent )
{
if ( parent == this )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_FOCUSED;
break;
}
parent = parent->GetParent();
}
}
if ( (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) !=
(oldFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) )
{
// On each focus kill, mark the next nav key event
// to be ignored (can't do on set focus since the
// event would occur before it).
if ( !(m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_FOCUSED) )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY;
// Need to store changed value
CommitChangesFromEditor();
}
else
{
/*
//
// Preliminary code for tab-order respecting
// tab-traversal (but should be moved to
// OnNav handler)
//
wxWindow* prevFocus = event.GetWindow();
wxWindow* useThis = this;
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_IN_MANAGER )
useThis = GetParent();
if ( prevFocus &&
prevFocus->GetParent() == useThis->GetParent() )
{
wxList& children = useThis->GetParent()->GetChildren();
wxNode* node = children.Find(prevFocus);
if ( node->GetNext() &&
useThis == node->GetNext()->GetData() )
DoSelectProperty(GetFirst());
else if ( node->GetPrevious () &&
useThis == node->GetPrevious()->GetData() )
DoSelectProperty(GetLastProperty());
}
*/
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_IGNORE_NEXT_NAVKEY);
}
// Redraw selected
if ( m_selected && (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED) )
DrawItem( m_selected );
}
event.Skip();
#endif
}
void wxPropertyGrid::OnChildFocusEvent( wxChildFocusEvent& event )
{
HandleFocusChange((wxWindow*)event.GetEventObject());
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnScrollEvent( wxScrollWinEvent &event )
{
m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_SCROLLED;
event.Skip();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::OnCaptureChange( wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
{
if ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED )
{
#if __MOUSE_DEBUGGING__
wxLogDebug( wxT("wxPropertyGrid: mouse capture lost") );
#endif
m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Property text-based storage
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define wxPG_PROPERTY_FLAGS_COUNT 8
// property-flag-to-text array
static const wxChar* gs_property_flag_to_string[wxPG_PROPERTY_FLAGS_COUNT] =
{
wxT("Modified"),
wxT("Disabled"),
wxT("LowPriority"),
(const wxChar*) NULL, // wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE is auto-generated flag
wxT("LimitedEditing"),
wxT("Unspecified"),
(const wxChar*) NULL, // Special flags cannot be stored as-is
(const wxChar*) NULL //
};
wxString wxPGProperty::GetAttributes( unsigned int flagmask )
{
wxASSERT(this);
wxString s;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int flags = ((unsigned int)m_flags) &
flagmask &
~(wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE |
wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1 |
wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_2);
if ( !flags )
return wxEmptyString;
for ( i=0; i<wxPG_PROPERTY_FLAGS_COUNT; i++ )
{
if ( flags & (1<<i) )
{
s.append( gs_property_flag_to_string[i] );
flags &= ~(1<<i);
if ( !flags )
break;
s.append(wxT(", "));
}
}
return s;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGProperty::SetAttributes( const wxString& attributes )
{
wxASSERT(this);
size_t i;
WX_PG_TOKENIZER1_BEGIN(attributes,wxT(','))
for (i=0;i<wxPG_PROPERTY_FLAGS_COUNT;i++)
{
const wxChar* flagText = gs_property_flag_to_string[i];
if ( flagText && token == flagText )
{
m_flags |= ( 1<<i );
break;
}
}
WX_PG_TOKENIZER1_END()
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns name of property without 'Property' at the end, and 'wx'
// in the beginning (if any).
wxString wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyShortClassName( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxEmptyString)
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 1 )
{
const wxChar* src = p->GetClassName();
wxString s;
if ( src[0] == wxT('w') && src[1] == wxT('x') )
s = &src[2];
else
s = src;
wxASSERT( (((int)s.length())-8) > 0 );
s.Truncate(s.length()-8);
//s.LowerCase();
return s;
}
return wxT("Category");
}
wxPGId wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyByNameA( wxPGPropNameStr name ) const
{
wxPGId id = GetPropertyByName(name);
wxASSERT_MSG(wxPGIdIsOk(id),wxString::Format(wxT("no property with name '%s'"),name.c_str()));
return id;
}
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VariantDatas
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_PGVARIANT_IS_VARIANT
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataPoint, wxVariantData)
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataSize, wxVariantData)
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataArrayInt, wxVariantData)
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataLongLong, wxVariantData)
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataULongLong, wxVariantData)
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataPyObject, wxVariantData)
#endif
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Value type related methods (should all be pretty much static).
wxPGValueType::~wxPGValueType()
{
}
wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR wxPGValueType::GetCustomTypeName() const
{
return GetTypeName();
}
// Implement default types.
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VALUE_TYPE(wxString,wxStringProperty,wxPGTypeName_wxString,GetString,wxEmptyString)
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VALUE_TYPE(long,wxIntProperty,wxPGTypeName_long,GetLong,(long)0)
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VALUE_TYPE(double,wxFloatProperty,wxPGTypeName_double,GetDouble,0.0)
WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VALUE_TYPE(wxArrayString,wxArrayStringProperty,wxPGTypeName_wxArrayString,GetArrayString,wxArrayString())
// Bool is a special case... thanks to the C++'s bool vs int vs long inconsistency issues.
const wxPGValueType *wxPGValueType_bool = (wxPGValueType *) NULL;
class wxPGValueTypeboolClass : public wxPGValueType
{
public:
virtual wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR GetTypeName() const { return wxPGTypeName_long; }
virtual wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR GetCustomTypeName() const { return wxPGTypeName_bool; }
virtual wxPGVariant GetDefaultValue() const { return wxPGVariant((long)0); }
virtual wxVariant GenerateVariant( wxPGVariant value, const wxString& name ) const
{ return wxVariant ( value.GetBool(), name ); }
virtual wxPGProperty* GenerateProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name ) const
{
return wxPG_NEWPROPERTY(Bool,label,name,false);
}
virtual void SetValueFromVariant( wxPGProperty* property, wxVariant& value ) const
{
#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) || defined(__WXPYTHON__)
wxCHECK_RET( wxStrcmp(wxPGTypeName_bool,value.GetType().c_str()) == 0,
wxT("SetValueFromVariant: wxVariant type mismatch.") );
#endif
property->DoSetValue(value.GetBool()?(long)1:(long)0);
}
};
// Implement nonetype.
const wxPGValueType *wxPGValueType_none = (wxPGValueType*) NULL;
class wxPGValueTypenoneClass : public wxPGValueType
{
public:
virtual wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR GetTypeName() const { return wxT("null"); }
virtual wxPGVariant GetDefaultValue() const { return wxPGVariant((long)0); }
virtual wxVariant GenerateVariant( wxPGVariant, const wxString& name ) const
{ return wxVariant( (long)0, name ); }
virtual wxPGProperty* GenerateProperty( const wxString&, const wxString& ) const
{ return (wxPGProperty*) NULL; }
virtual void SetValueFromVariant( wxPGProperty*, wxVariant& ) const
{ }
};
// Implement void* type.
const wxPGValueType *wxPGValueType_void = (wxPGValueType*) NULL;
class wxPGValueTypevoidClass : public wxPGValueType
{
public:
virtual wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR GetTypeName() const { return wxPGTypeName_void; }
virtual wxPGVariant GetDefaultValue() const { return wxPGVariant((void*)NULL); }
virtual wxVariant GenerateVariant( wxPGVariant value, const wxString& name ) const
{ return wxVariant( wxPGVariantToVoidPtr(value), name ); }
virtual wxPGProperty* GenerateProperty( const wxString&, const wxString& ) const
{ return (wxPGProperty*) NULL; }
virtual void SetValueFromVariant( wxPGProperty* property, wxVariant& value ) const
{
#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) || defined(__WXPYTHON__)
wxCHECK_RET( wxStrcmp(GetTypeName(),value.GetType().c_str()) == 0,
wxT("SetValueFromVariant: wxVariant type mismatch.") );
#endif
property->DoSetValue(value.GetVoidPtr());
}
};
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
// Implement PyObject* type.
const wxPGValueType *wxPGValueType_PyObject = (wxPGValueType*) NULL;
class wxPGValueTypePyObjectClass : public wxPGValueType
{
public:
virtual wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR GetTypeName() const { return wxT("PyObject"); }
virtual wxPGVariant GetDefaultValue() const
{
return wxVariant( new wxPGVariantDataPyObject(Py_None) );
}
virtual wxVariant GenerateVariant( wxPGVariant value, const wxString& name ) const
{
value.SetName( name );
return value; // Can be done since under wxPython, wxPGVariant is wxVariant
}
virtual wxPGProperty* GenerateProperty( const wxString&, const wxString& ) const
{
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
virtual void SetValueFromVariant( wxPGProperty* property, wxVariant& value ) const
{
#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) || defined(__WXPYTHON__)
wxCHECK_RET( wxStrcmp(GetTypeName(),value.GetType().c_str()) == 0,
wxT("SetValueFromVariant: wxVariant type mismatch.") );
#endif
property->DoSetValue(value);
}
};
#endif // __WXPYTHON__
// Registers all default value types
void wxPropertyGrid::RegisterDefaultValues()
{
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( none );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( wxString );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( long );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( bool );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( double );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( void );
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( wxArrayString );
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
wxPGRegisterDefaultValueType( PyObject );
#endif
}
// noDefCheck = true prevents infinite recursion.
wxPGValueType* wxPropertyGrid::RegisterValueType( wxPGValueType* valueclass, bool noDefCheck, const wxString& className )
{
wxASSERT( valueclass );
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
if ( !noDefCheck && wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.empty() )
RegisterDefaultValues();
wxString temp_str;
wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR name_ = valueclass->GetType();
const wxChar* name = wxPG_TO_WXCHAR_PTR(name_);
wxPGValueType* p_at_slot = (wxPGValueType*) wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType[name];
if ( !p_at_slot )
{
wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType[name] = (void*) valueclass;
#if wxPG_VALUETYPE_IS_STRING
wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueTypeByClass[className] = (void*) valueclass;
#else
wxUnusedVar(className);
#endif
return valueclass;
}
// Delete given object instance, but only if it wasn't the same as in the hashmap.
if ( p_at_slot != valueclass )
{
delete valueclass;
}
return p_at_slot;
}
/*
* wxPGVariantDataWxObj
*/
//IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGVariantDataWxObj, wxVariantData)
wxPGVariantDataWxObj::wxPGVariantDataWxObj()
: wxVariantData()
{
}
wxPGVariantDataWxObj::~wxPGVariantDataWxObj()
{
}
#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
bool wxPGVariantDataWxObj::Write(wxSTD ostream&) const
{
// Not implemented
return true;
}
#endif
bool wxPGVariantDataWxObj::Write(wxString&) const
{
// Not implemented
return true;
}
#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
bool wxPGVariantDataWxObj::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str))
{
// Not implemented
return false;
}
#endif
bool wxPGVariantDataWxObj::Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str))
{
// Not implemented
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Editor class specific.
// noDefCheck = true prevents infinite recursion.
wxPGEditor* wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass( wxPGEditor* editorclass,
const wxString& name,
bool noDefCheck )
{
wxASSERT( editorclass );
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
if ( !noDefCheck && wxPGGlobalVars->m_mapEditorClasses.empty() )
RegisterDefaultEditors();
wxPGGlobalVars->m_mapEditorClasses[name] = (void*)editorclass;
return editorclass;
}
// Registers all default editor classes
void wxPropertyGrid::RegisterDefaultEditors()
{
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( TextCtrl );
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( Choice );
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( ComboBox );
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( TextCtrlAndButton );
#if wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( CheckBox );
#endif
wxPGRegisterDefaultEditorClass( ChoiceAndButton );
// Register SpinCtrl etc. editors before use
RegisterAdditionalEditors();
}
wxPGEditor* wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetEditorByName( const wxString& editor_name )
{
wxPGEditor* editor = (wxPGEditor*) wxPGGlobalVars->m_mapEditorClasses[editor_name];
wxASSERT_MSG( editor,
wxT("unregistered editor name") );
return editor;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGStringTokenizer
// Needed to handle C-style string lists (e.g. "str1" "str2")
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGStringTokenizer::wxPGStringTokenizer( const wxString& str, wxChar delimeter )
: m_str(&str), m_curPos(str.begin()), m_delimeter(delimeter)
{
}
wxPGStringTokenizer::~wxPGStringTokenizer()
{
}
bool wxPGStringTokenizer::HasMoreTokens()
{
const wxString& str = *m_str;
//wxASSERT_MSG( m_curPos != str.end(), wxT("Do not call wxPGStringTokenizer methods after HasMoreTokens has returned false."));
wxString::const_iterator i = m_curPos;
wxUniChar delim = m_delimeter;
wxUniChar a;
wxUniChar prev_a = wxT('\0');
bool inToken = false;
while ( i != str.end() )
{
a = wxPGGetIterChar(str, i);
if ( !inToken )
{
if ( a == delim )
{
inToken = true;
m_readyToken.clear();
}
}
else
{
if ( prev_a != wxT('\\') )
{
if ( a != delim )
{
if ( a != wxT('\\') )
m_readyToken << a;
}
else
{
//wxLogDebug(m_readyToken);
i++;
m_curPos = i;
return true;
}
prev_a = a;
}
else
{
m_readyToken << a;
prev_a = wxT('\0');
}
}
i++;
}
m_curPos = str.end();
if ( inToken )
return true;
return false;
/*
const wxChar* ptr = m_curPos;
const wxChar* ptr_end = &m_str->c_str()[m_str->length()];
size_t store_index = 0xFFFFFFFF;
#if !wxUSE_STL
wxChar* store_ptr_base = (wxChar*) NULL;
#endif
wxChar delim = m_delimeter;
wxChar a = *ptr;
wxChar prev_a = 0;
while ( a )
{
if ( store_index == 0xFFFFFFFF )
{
if ( a == delim )
{
size_t req_len = ptr_end-ptr+1;
#if wxUSE_STL
if ( m_readyToken.length() < req_len )
m_readyToken.resize( req_len, wxT(' ') );
#else
store_ptr_base = m_readyToken.GetWriteBuf( req_len );
#endif
store_index = 0;
prev_a = 0;
}
}
else
{
if ( prev_a != wxT('\\') )
{
if ( a != delim )
{
if ( a != wxT('\\') )
{
#if wxUSE_STL
m_readyToken[store_index] = a;
#else
store_ptr_base[store_index] = a;
#endif
store_index++;
}
}
else
{
#if wxUSE_STL
m_readyToken[store_index] = 0;
m_readyToken.resize(store_index,wxT(' '));
#else
store_ptr_base[store_index] = 0;
m_readyToken.UngetWriteBuf( store_index );
#endif
m_curPos = ptr+1;
return true;
}
prev_a = a;
}
else
{
#if wxUSE_STL
m_readyToken[store_index] = a;
#else
store_ptr_base[store_index] = a;
#endif
store_index++;
prev_a = 0;
}
}
ptr++;
a = *ptr;
}
#if !wxUSE_STL
if ( store_index != 0xFFFFFFFF )
m_readyToken.UngetWriteBuf( store_index );
#endif
m_curPos = (const wxChar*) NULL;
return false;
*/
}
wxString wxPGStringTokenizer::GetNextToken()
{
//wxASSERT_MSG( m_curPos != m_str->end(), wxT("Do not call wxPGStringTokenizer methods after HasMoreTokens has returned false."));
return m_readyToken;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGChoicesData
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGChoicesData::wxPGChoicesData()
{
m_refCount = 1;
}
wxPGChoicesData::~wxPGChoicesData()
{
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPGChoices
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Add( const wxChar* label, int value )
{
EnsureData();
if ( value != wxPG_INVALID_VALUE && m_data->m_arrLabels.GetCount() == m_data->m_arrValues.GetCount() )
m_data->m_arrValues.Add( value );
else if ( m_data->m_arrValues.GetCount() > 0 )
m_data->m_arrValues.Add( 0 );
m_data->m_arrLabels.Add ( label );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxCHECK_VERSION(2,9,0)
void wxPGChoices::Insert( const wxString& label, int index, int value )
#else
void wxPGChoices::Insert( const wxChar* label, int index, int value )
#endif
{
EnsureData();
if ( value != wxPG_INVALID_VALUE && m_data->m_arrLabels.GetCount() == m_data->m_arrValues.GetCount() )
m_data->m_arrValues.Insert( value, index );
else if ( m_data->m_arrValues.GetCount() > 0 )
m_data->m_arrValues.Insert( 0, index );
m_data->m_arrLabels.Insert( label, index );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::AddAsSorted( const wxString& label, int value )
{
//wxASSERT_MSG( IsOk(),
// wxT("do not add items to invalid wxPGChoices") );
EnsureData();
size_t index = 0;
wxArrayString& labels = m_data->m_arrLabels;
wxArrayInt& values = m_data->m_arrValues;
while ( index < labels.GetCount() )
{
int cmpRes = labels[index].Cmp(label);
if ( cmpRes > 0 )
break;
index++;
}
if ( value != wxPG_INVALID_VALUE &&
labels.GetCount() == values.GetCount() )
values.Insert ( value, index );
labels.Insert ( label, index );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Add( const wxChar** labels, const long* values )
{
//wxASSERT_MSG( IsOk(),
// wxT("do not add items to invalid wxPGChoices") );
EnsureData();
unsigned int itemcount = 0;
const wxChar** p = &labels[0];
while ( *p ) { p++; itemcount++; }
wxArrayString& i_labels = m_data->m_arrLabels;
wxArrayInt& i_values = m_data->m_arrValues;
unsigned int i;
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
{
i_labels.Add ( labels[i] );
}
if ( values )
{
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
{
i_values.Add ( values[i] );
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Add( const wxArrayString& arr, const long* values )
{
//wxASSERT_MSG( IsOk(),
// wxT("do not add items to invalid wxPGChoices") );
EnsureData();
wxArrayString& labels = m_data->m_arrLabels;
wxArrayInt& i_values = m_data->m_arrValues;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int itemcount = arr.GetCount();
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
{
labels.Add ( arr[i] );
}
if ( values )
{
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
i_values.Add ( values[i] );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Add( const wxArrayString& arr, const wxArrayInt& arrint )
{
//wxASSERT_MSG( IsOk(),
// wxT("do not add items to invalid wxPGChoices") );
EnsureData();
wxArrayString& labels = m_data->m_arrLabels;
wxArrayInt& values = m_data->m_arrValues;
unsigned int i;
unsigned int itemcount = arr.GetCount();
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
{
labels.Add ( arr[i] );
}
if ( &arrint && arrint.GetCount() )
for ( i = 0; i < itemcount; i++ )
{
values.Add ( arrint[i] );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::AssignData( wxPGChoicesData* data )
{
Free();
if ( data != wxPGChoicesEmptyData )
{
m_data = data;
data->m_refCount++;
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Init()
{
m_data = wxPGChoicesEmptyData;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPGChoices::Free()
{
if ( m_data != wxPGChoicesEmptyData )
{
m_data->m_refCount--;
if ( m_data->m_refCount < 1 )
delete m_data;
m_data = wxPGChoicesEmptyData;
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridEvent
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertyGridEvent, wxCommandEvent)
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_SELECTED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_CHANGED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_PAGE_CHANGED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_COMPACT_MODE_ENTERED )
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE( wxEVT_PG_EXPANDED_MODE_ENTERED )
wxPropertyGridEvent::wxPropertyGridEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id)
: wxCommandEvent(commandType,id)
{
m_property = NULL;
m_pending = false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridEvent::wxPropertyGridEvent(const wxPropertyGridEvent& event)
: wxCommandEvent(event)
{
m_eventType = event.GetEventType();
m_eventObject = event.m_eventObject;
m_pg = event.m_pg;
m_property = event.m_property;
m_pending = false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridEvent::~wxPropertyGridEvent()
{
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxEvent* wxPropertyGridEvent::Clone() const
{
return new wxPropertyGridEvent( *this );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyContainerMethods
// - common methods for wxPropertyGrid and wxPropertyGridManager -
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::DoSetPropertyAttribute( wxPGId id, int attrid,
wxVariant& value, long argFlags )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG()
p->SetAttribute(attrid,value);
if ( ( argFlags & wxPG_RECURSE ) && p->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
DoSetPropertyAttribute(pwc->Item(i),attrid,value,argFlags);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyAttributeAll( int attrid, wxVariant value )
{
DoSetPropertyAttribute(GetRoot(),attrid,value,wxPG_RECURSE);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::SetBoolChoices( const wxChar* true_choice,
const wxChar* false_choice )
{
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
wxPGGlobalVars->m_boolChoices[0] = false_choice;
wxPGGlobalVars->m_boolChoices[1] = true_choice;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGChoices gs_emptyChoices;
wxPGChoices& wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyChoices( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(gs_emptyChoices)
wxPGChoiceInfo ci;
ci.m_choices = (wxPGChoices*) NULL;
p->GetChoiceInfo(&ci);
if ( !ci.m_choices )
return gs_emptyChoices;
return *ci.m_choices;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGChoices& wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyChoices( wxPGPropNameStr name )
{
wxPG_PROP_NAME_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(gs_emptyChoices)
return GetPropertyChoices(wxPGIdGen(p));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyContainerMethods::DoGetPropertyByName( wxPGPropNameStr name ) const
{
return m_pState->BaseGetPropertyByName(name);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyByName( wxPGPropNameStr name,
wxPGPropNameStr subname ) const
{
wxPGId id = DoGetPropertyByName(name);
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) wxPGIdToPtr(id);
if ( !pwc || !pwc->GetParentingType() )
return wxNullProperty;
return wxPGIdGen(pwc->GetPropertyByName(subname));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Since GetPropertyByName is used *a lot*, this makes sense
// since non-virtual method can be called with less code.
wxPGId wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyByName( wxPGPropNameStr name ) const
{
wxPGId id = DoGetPropertyByName(name);
if ( wxPGIdIsOk(id) )
return id;
// Check if its "Property.SubProperty" format
int pos = name.Find(wxT('.'));
if ( pos <= 0 )
return id;
return GetPropertyByName(name.substr(0,pos),
name.substr(pos+1,name.length()-pos-1));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyContainerMethods::HideProperty( wxPGId id, bool hide )
{
// Hiding properties requires that we are always in the compact mode
m_pState->GetGrid()->Compact(true);
return SetPropertyPriority(id,hide?wxPG_LOW:wxPG_HIGH);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Used by HideProperty as well
bool wxPropertyContainerMethods::SetPropertyPriority( wxPGId id, int priority )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
wxPropertyGrid* pg = m_pState->GetGrid();
if ( pg == p->GetGrid() )
return pg->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
else
m_pState->SetPropertyPriority(p,priority);
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyContainerMethods::SetPropertyMaxLength( wxPGId id, int maxLen )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
wxPropertyGrid* pg = m_pState->GetGrid();
p->m_maxLen = (short) maxLen;
// Adjust control if selected currently
if ( pg == p->GetGrid() && p == m_pState->GetSelection() )
{
wxWindow* wnd = pg->GetEditorControl();
wxTextCtrl* tc = wxDynamicCast(wnd,wxTextCtrl);
if ( tc )
tc->SetMaxLength( maxLen );
else
// Not a text ctrl
return false;
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// GetPropertyValueAsXXX methods
#define IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(T,TRET,BIGNAME,DEFRETVAL) \
TRET wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyValueAs##BIGNAME( wxPGId id ) wxPG_GETVALUE_CONST \
{ \
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(DEFRETVAL) \
if ( p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetTypeName() != wxPGTypeName_##T ) \
{ \
wxPGGetFailed(p,wxPGTypeName_##T); \
return (TRET)DEFRETVAL; \
} \
return (TRET)wxPGVariantTo##BIGNAME(p->DoGetValue()); \
}
// String is different than others.
wxString wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyValueAsString( wxPGId id ) wxPG_GETVALUE_CONST
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxEmptyString)
return p->GetValueAsString(wxPG_FULL_VALUE);
}
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(long,long,Long,0)
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(long,bool,Bool,false)
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(double,double,Double,0.0)
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(void,void*,VoidPtr,NULL)
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(PyObject,PyObject*,PyObject,Py_None)
#endif
#if !wxPG_PGVARIANT_IS_VARIANT
IMPLEMENT_GET_VALUE(wxArrayString,const wxArrayString&,ArrayString,*((wxArrayString*)NULL))
#endif
// wxObject is different than others.
const wxObject* wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetPropertyValueAsWxObjectPtr( wxPGId id ) wxPG_GETVALUE_CONST
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL((const wxObject*)NULL)
wxPG_CONST_WXCHAR_PTR typestr = p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetTypeName();
if ( typestr[0] != wxT('w') || typestr[1] != wxT('x') )
{
wxPGGetFailed(p,wxT("wxObject"));
return (const wxObject*) NULL;
}
return (const wxObject*)wxPGVariantGetWxObjectPtr(p->DoGetValue());
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyContainerMethods::IsPropertyExpanded( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() == 0 )
return false;
return pwc->IsExpanded();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// returns value type class for type name
wxPGValueType* wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetValueType(const wxString &type)
{
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator it;
it = wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.find(type);
if ( it != wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.end() )
return (wxPGValueType*) it->second;
return (wxPGValueType*) NULL;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxPG_VALUETYPE_IS_STRING
wxPGValueType* wxPropertyContainerMethods::GetValueTypeByName(const wxString &className)
{
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator it;
it = wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueTypeByClass.find(className);
if ( it != wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueTypeByClass.end() )
return (wxPGValueType*) it->second;
return (wxPGValueType*) NULL;
}
#endif
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyContainerMethods::CreatePropertyByType(const wxString &valuetype,
const wxString &label,
const wxString &name)
{
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator it;
it = wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.find(valuetype);
if ( it != wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictValueType.end() )
{
wxPGValueType* vt = (wxPGValueType*) it->second;
wxPGProperty* p = vt->GenerateProperty(label,name);
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( !p )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: CreatePropertyByValueType generated NULL property for ValueType \"%s\""),valuetype.c_str());
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
#endif
return p;
}
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: No value type registered with name \"%s\""),valuetype.c_str());
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGProperty* wxPropertyContainerMethods::CreatePropertyByClass(const wxString &classname,
const wxString &label,
const wxString &name)
{
wxPGHashMapS2P* cis =
(wxPGHashMapS2P*) &wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo;
const wxString* pClassname = &classname;
wxString s;
// Translate to long name, if necessary
if ( (pClassname->GetChar(0) != wxT('w') || pClassname->GetChar(1) != wxT('x')) &&
pClassname->Find(wxT("Property")) < 0 )
{
if ( classname != wxT("Category") )
s.Printf(wxT("wx%sProperty"),pClassname->c_str());
else
s = wxT("wxPropertyCategory");
pClassname = &s;
}
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator it;
it = cis->find(*pClassname);
if ( it != cis->end() )
{
wxPGPropertyClassInfo* pci = (wxPGPropertyClassInfo*) it->second;
wxPGProperty* p = pci->m_constructor(label,name);
return p;
}
wxLogError(wxT("No such property class: %s"),pClassname->c_str());
return (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// lazy way to prevent RegisterPropertyClass infinite recursion
static int gs_registering_standard_props = 0;
bool wxPropertyContainerMethods::RegisterPropertyClass( const wxChar* name,
wxPGPropertyClassInfo* classinfo )
{
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
// Standard classes must be registered first!
if ( !gs_registering_standard_props &&
wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo.empty()
)
wxPGRegisterStandardPropertyClasses();
wxPGHashMapS2P::iterator it;
it = wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo.find(name);
// only register if not registered already
if ( it == wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo.end() )
{
wxPGGlobalVars->m_dictPropertyClassInfo[name] = classinfo;
return true;
}
wxLogDebug(wxT("WARNING: Property class named \"%s\" was already registered."),name);
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
static void wxPGRegisterStandardPropertyClasses()
{
if ( gs_registering_standard_props )
return;
gs_registering_standard_props = 1; // no need to reset this
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxStringProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxIntProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxUIntProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxFloatProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxBoolProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxEnumProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxFlagsProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxLongStringProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxPropertyCategory);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxParentProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxCustomProperty);
// TODO: Are these really "standard" ?
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxArrayStringProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxFileProperty);
wxPGRegisterPropertyClass(wxDirProperty);
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
wxPropertyContainerMethods::RegisterAdvancedPropertyClasses();
#endif
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// reset helper macro
#undef FROM_STATE
#define FROM_STATE(A) A
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState item iteration methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Skips categories and sub-properties (unless in wxCustomProperty/wxParentProperty).
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetFirstProperty() const
{
if ( !m_properties->GetCount() ) return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
wxPGProperty* p = m_properties->Item(0);
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
if ( parenting > 0 )
return GetNextProperty ( wxPGIdGen(p) );
return wxPGIdGen(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Skips categories and sub-properties (unless in wxParentProperty).
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetNextProperty( wxPGId id ) const
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
// Go with first child?
int parenting = pwc->GetParentingType();
if ( parenting == 0 || parenting == -1 || !pwc->GetCount() )
{
// No...
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = pwc->m_parent;
// As long as last item, go up and get parent' sibling
while ( pwc->m_arrIndex >= (parent->GetCount()-1) )
{
pwc = parent;
if ( pwc == m_properties ) return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
parent = parent->m_parent;
}
pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)parent->Item(pwc->m_arrIndex+1);
// Go with the next sibling of parent's parent?
}
else
{
// Yes...
pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)pwc->Item(0);
}
// If it's category or parentproperty, then go recursive
parenting = pwc->GetParentingType();
if ( parenting > PT_NONE )
return GetNextProperty( wxPGIdGen(pwc) );
return wxPGIdGen(pwc);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetNextSibling( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = p->m_parent;
size_t next_ind = p->m_arrIndex + 1;
if ( next_ind >= parent->GetCount() ) return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
return wxPGIdGen(parent->Item(next_ind));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetPrevSibling( wxPGId id )
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
size_t ind = p->m_arrIndex;
if ( ind < 1 ) return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
return wxPGIdGen(p->m_parent->Item(ind-1));
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Skips categories and sub-properties (unless in wxParentProperty).
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetPrevProperty( wxPGId id ) const
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* p2 = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) p;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = p2->m_parent;
// Is there a previous sibling?
if ( p2->m_arrIndex > 0 )
{
// There is!
p2 = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)parent->Item ( p2->m_arrIndex-1 );
int parenting = p2->GetParentingType();
// Do we return it's last child?
while ( (parenting > 0 || parenting == PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY) && p2->GetCount() )
{
p2 = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p2->Last();
parenting = p2->GetParentingType();
}
}
else if ( parent != m_properties )
// Return parent if it isnt' the root
p2 = parent;
else
return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
// Skip category and parentproperty.
int parenting = p2->GetParentingType();
if ( parenting > PT_NONE )
return GetPrevProperty ( wxPGIdGen(p2) );
return wxPGIdGen(p2);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetFirstCategory() const
{
//if ( IsInNonCatMode() )
// return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
wxPGProperty* found = (wxPGProperty*)NULL;
size_t i;
for ( i=0; i<m_regularArray.GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = m_regularArray.Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
{
found = p;
break;
}
}
return wxPGIdGen(found);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetNextCategory( wxPGId id ) const
{
wxPG_PROP_ID_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* current = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
wxCHECK_MSG( !IsInNonCatMode() || current->GetParentingType() == 1, wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL),
wxT("GetNextCategory should not be called with non-category argument in non-categoric mode.") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent = current->m_parent;
wxPGProperty* found = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
size_t i;
// Find sub-category, if any.
if ( current->GetParentingType() > 0 )
{
// Find first sub-category in current's array.
for ( i = 0; i<current->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = current->Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
{
found = p;
break;
}
}
if ( found )
return wxPGIdGen(found);
}
// Find next category in parent's array.
// (and go up in hierarchy until one found or
// top is reached).
do
{
for ( i = current->m_arrIndex+1; i<parent->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
{
found = p;
break;
}
}
current = parent;
parent = parent->m_parent;
} while ( !found && parent );
return wxPGIdGen(found);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState GetPropertyXXX methods
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::GetPropertyByLabel( const wxString& label,
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent ) const
{
size_t i;
if ( !parent ) parent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) &m_regularArray;
for ( i=0; i<parent->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = parent->Item(i);
if ( p->m_label == label )
return wxPGIdGen(p);
// Check children recursively.
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
p = wxPGIdToPtr(GetPropertyByLabel(label,(wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p));
if ( p )
return wxPGIdGen(p);
}
}
return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*) NULL);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::BaseGetPropertyByName( wxPGPropNameStr name ) const
{
wxPGHashMapS2P::const_iterator it;
it = m_dictName.find(name);
if ( it != m_dictName.end() )
return wxPGIdGen( (wxPGProperty*) it->second );
return wxPGIdGen( (wxPGProperty*) NULL );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState global operations
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::EnableCategories( bool enable )
{
ITEM_ITERATION_VARIABLES
if ( enable )
{
//
// Enable categories
//
if ( !IsInNonCatMode() )
return false;
m_properties = &m_regularArray;
// fix parents, indexes, and depths
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT_FROM_THE_TOP
ITEM_ITERATION_LOOP_BEGIN
p->m_arrIndex = i;
p->m_parent = parent;
// If parent was category, and this is not,
// then the depth stays the same.
if ( parent->GetParentingType() == 1 &&
p->GetParentingType() <= 0 )
p->m_depth = parent->m_depth;
else
p->m_depth = parent->m_depth + 1;
ITEM_ITERATION_LOOP_END
}
else
{
//
// Disable categories
//
if ( IsInNonCatMode() )
return false;
// Create array, if necessary.
if ( !m_abcArray )
InitNonCatMode();
m_properties = m_abcArray;
// fix parents, indexes, and depths
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT_FROM_THE_TOP
//ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_BEGIN
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_BEGIN
p->m_arrIndex = i;
p->m_parent = parent;
p->m_depth = parent->m_depth + 1;
//ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_END
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_END
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
static int wxPG_SortFunc(void **p1, void **p2)
{
wxPGProperty *pp1 = *((wxPGProperty**)p1);
wxPGProperty *pp2 = *((wxPGProperty**)p2);
return pp1->GetLabel().compare( pp2->GetLabel() );
}
void wxPropertyGridState::Sort( wxPGProperty* p )
{
if ( !p )
p = (wxPGProperty*)m_properties;
wxCHECK_RET( p->GetParentingType() != 0,
wxT("cannot sort non-parenting property") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
// Can only sort items with children
if ( pwc->m_children.GetCount() < 1 )
return;
pwc->m_children.Sort( wxPG_SortFunc );
// Fix indexes
pwc->FixIndexesOfChildren();
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::Sort()
{
Sort( m_properties );
// Sort categories as well
if ( !IsInNonCatMode() )
{
size_t i;
for ( i=0;i<m_properties->GetCount();i++)
{
wxPGProperty* p = m_properties->Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
Sort ( p );
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::ExpandAll( unsigned char doExpand )
{
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_VARIABLES
bool isGrid = m_pPropGrid->GetState() == this;
if ( isGrid &&
m_selected &&
m_selected->GetParent() != m_properties )
{
if ( !m_pPropGrid->ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
if ( !doExpand )
{
if ( isGrid )
{
if ( !m_pPropGrid->ClearSelection() )
return false;
}
else m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT_FROM_THE_TOP
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_BEGIN
if ( parenting != 0 )
((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->m_expanded = doExpand;
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_LOOP_END
if ( m_pPropGrid->GetState() == this )
{
m_pPropGrid->CalculateYs((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)NULL,-1);
m_pPropGrid->RedrawAllVisible();
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Used by SetSplitterLeft
int wxPropertyGridState::GetLeftSplitterPos(wxClientDC& dc,
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc,
bool subProps)
{
wxPropertyGrid* pg = m_pPropGrid;
size_t i;
int maxW = 0;
int w, h;
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = pwc->Item(i);
if ( p->GetParentingType() <= 0 )
{
dc.GetTextExtent( p->GetLabel(), &w, &h );
w += pg->m_marginWidth + ( ((int)p->m_depth-1) * pg->m_subgroup_extramargin ) + (wxPG_XBEFORETEXT*2);
if ( w > maxW )
maxW = w;
}
if ( p->GetParentingType() &&
( subProps || p->GetParentingType() > 0 ) )
{
w = GetLeftSplitterPos( dc, (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) p, subProps );
if ( w > maxW )
maxW = w;
}
}
return maxW;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState property value setting and getting
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::SetPropVal( wxPGProperty* p, const wxPGVariant& value )
{
p->DoSetValue(value);
if ( m_selected==p && this==m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
p->UpdateControl(m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::ClearPropertyValue( wxPGProperty* p )
{
if ( p )
{
const wxPGValueType* valueclass = p->GetValueTypePtr();
if ( valueclass != wxPG_VALUETYPE_PTR(none) )
{
// wnd_primary has to be given so the editor control can be updated as well.
SetPropVal(p,valueclass->GetDefaultValue());
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValue( wxPGProperty* p,
const wxPGValueType* typeclass,
const wxPGVariant& value )
{
if ( p )
{
if ( p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetTypeName() == typeclass->GetTypeName() )
{
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p);
SetPropVal(p,value);
return true;
}
wxPGTypeOperationFailed ( p, typeclass->GetTypeName(), wxT("Set") );
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValue( wxPGProperty* p, const wxChar* typestring, const wxPGVariant& value )
{
if ( p )
{
if ( wxStrcmp(p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetCustomTypeName(),typestring) == 0 )
{
// wnd_primary has to be given so the control can be updated as well.
SetPropVal(p,value);
return true;
}
wxPGTypeOperationFailed ( p, typestring, wxT("Set") );
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValueString( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& value )
{
if ( p )
{
int flags = wxPG_REPORT_ERROR|wxPG_FULL_VALUE;
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p);
if ( p->GetMaxLength() <= 0 )
p->SetValueFromString( value, flags );
else
p->SetValueFromString( value.Mid(0,p->GetMaxLength()), flags );
if ( m_selected==p && this==m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
p->UpdateControl(m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValue( wxPGProperty* p, wxVariant& value )
{
if ( p )
{
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p);
p->GetValueTypePtr()->SetValueFromVariant(p,value);
if ( m_selected==p && this==m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
p->UpdateControl(m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValueWxObjectPtr( wxPGProperty* p, wxObject* value )
{
if ( p )
{
if ( wxStrcmp( p->GetValueTypePtr()->GetTypeName(),
value->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()
) == 0
)
{
CLEAR_PROPERTY_UNSPECIFIED_FLAG(p);
// wnd_primary has to be given so the control can be updated as well.
SetPropVal(p,wxPGVariantFromWxObject(value));
return true;
}
wxPGTypeOperationFailed ( p, wxT("wxObject"), wxT("Set") );
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyUnspecified( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxCHECK_RET( p, wxT("invalid property id") );
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED) )
{
// Flag should be set first - editor class methods may need it
p->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_UNSPECIFIED;
wxASSERT( m_pPropGrid );
if ( m_pPropGrid->GetState() == this )
{
if ( m_pPropGrid->m_selected == p && m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary )
{
p->GetEditorClass()->SetValueToUnspecified(m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary);
}
}
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
SetPropertyUnspecified( pwc->Item(i) );
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState property operations
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::LimitPropertyEditing( wxPGProperty* p, bool limit )
{
if ( p )
{
if ( limit )
p->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR;
else
p->m_flags &= ~(wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR);
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::ClearModifiedStatus( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED )
{
p->m_flags &= ~(wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED);
if ( m_pPropGrid->GetState() == this )
{
// Clear active editor bold
if ( p == m_selected && m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary )
m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary->SetFont( m_pPropGrid->GetFont() );
m_pPropGrid->DrawItem( p );
}
}
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
ClearModifiedStatus( pwc->Item(i) );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::Collapse( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( p, false, wxT("invalid property id") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() == 0 ) return false;
if ( !pwc->m_expanded ) return false;
// m_expanded must be set just before call to CalculateYs
pwc->m_expanded = 0;
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::Expand( wxPGProperty* p )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( p, false, wxT("invalid property id") );
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() == 0 ) return false;
if ( pwc->m_expanded ) return false;
// m_expanded must be set just before call to CalculateYs
pwc->m_expanded = 1;
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::DoSelectProperty( wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int flags )
{
if ( this == m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
return m_pPropGrid->DoSelectProperty( p, flags );
m_selected = p;
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyLabel( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& newlabel )
{
wxCHECK_RET(p, wxT("invalid property id"));
p->SetLabel(newlabel);
if ( m_pPropGrid->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxPG_AUTO_SORT )
Sort(p->GetParent());
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyPriority( wxPGProperty* p, int priority )
{
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
if ( priority == wxPG_HIGH ) p->ClearFlag( wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE );
else p->SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE );
if ( parenting != 0 )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
SetPropertyPriority(pwc->Item(i),priority);
}
return true;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyAndChildrenFlags( wxPGProperty* p, long flags )
{
p->m_flags |= flags;
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags ( pwc->Item(i), flags );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags( wxPGProperty* p, long flags )
{
p->m_flags &= ~(flags);
if ( p->GetParentingType() != 0 )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
ClearPropertyAndChildrenFlags ( pwc->Item(i), flags );
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridState::EnableProperty( wxPGProperty* p, bool enable )
{
if ( p )
{
if ( enable )
{
if ( !(p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED) )
return false;
// Enabling
p->m_flags &= ~(wxPG_PROP_DISABLED);
}
else
{
if ( p->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED )
return false;
// Disabling
p->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_DISABLED;
}
if ( p->GetParentingType() == 0 )
return true;
// Apply same to sub-properties as well
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p;
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
EnableProperty ( pwc->Item(i), enable );
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState wxVariant related routines
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns list of wxVariant objects (non-categories and non-sub-properties only).
// Never includes sub-properties (unless they are parented by wxParentProperty).
wxVariant wxPropertyGridState::GetPropertyValues( const wxString& listname,
wxPGId baseparent,
long flags ) const
{
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_VARIABLES
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)wxPGIdToPtr(baseparent);
// Root is the default base-parent.
if ( !pwc )
pwc = m_properties;
wxVariantList temp_list;
wxVariant v( temp_list, listname );
if ( flags & wxPG_KEEP_STRUCTURE )
{
wxASSERT( (pwc->GetParentingType() < -1) || (pwc->GetParentingType() > 0) );
size_t i;
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = pwc->Item(i);
int parenting = p->GetParentingType();
if ( parenting == 0 || parenting == -1 )
{
v.Append( p->GetValueAsVariant() );
}
else
{
v.Append( GetPropertyValues(p->m_name,wxPGIdGen(p),wxPG_KEEP_STRUCTURE) );
}
}
}
else
{
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)wxPGIdToPtr(baseparent),0)
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_BEGIN
// Use a trick to ignore wxParentProperty itself, but not its sub-properties.
if ( parenting == PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY )
{
parenting = PT_CAPTION;
}
else if ( parenting <= 0 )
{
v.Append ( p->GetValueAsVariant() );
}
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_END
}
return v;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValues( const wxVariantList& list, wxPGId default_category )
{
unsigned char origFrozen = 1;
if ( m_pPropGrid->GetState() == this )
{
origFrozen = m_pPropGrid->m_frozen;
if ( !origFrozen ) m_pPropGrid->Freeze();
}
wxPropertyCategoryClass* use_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)wxPGIdToPtr(default_category);
if ( !use_category )
use_category = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)m_properties;
// Let's iterate over the list of variants.
wxVariantList::const_iterator node;
//for ( wxVariantList::Node *node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
for ( node = list.begin(); node != list.end(); node++ )
{
wxVariant *current = (wxVariant*)*node;
// Make sure it is wxVariant.
wxASSERT( current );
wxASSERT( wxStrcmp(current->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(),wxT("wxVariant")) == 0 );
if ( current->GetName().length() > 0 )
{
wxPGId foundProp = BaseGetPropertyByName(current->GetName());
if ( wxPGIdIsOk(foundProp) )
{
wxPGProperty* p = wxPGIdToPtr(foundProp);
const wxPGValueType* vtype = p->GetValueTypePtr();
// If it was a list, we still have to go through it.
if ( current->GetType() == wxT("list") )
{
SetPropertyValues( current->GetList(),
wxPGIdGen(
p->GetParentingType()>0?p:((wxPGProperty*)NULL)
) );
}
else
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if ( current->GetType() != vtype->GetTypeName() &&
current->GetType() != vtype->GetCustomTypeName() )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("wxPropertyGridState::SetPropertyValues Warning: Setting value of property \"%s\" from variant"),
p->m_name.c_str());
wxLogDebug(wxT(" but variant's type name (%s) doesn't match either base type name (%s) nor custom type name (%s)."),
#ifndef __WXPYTHON__
current->GetType().c_str(),vtype->GetTypeName(),vtype->GetCustomTypeName());
#else
current->GetType().c_str(),vtype->GetTypeName().c_str(),vtype->GetCustomTypeName().c_str());
#endif
}
#endif
vtype->SetValueFromVariant(p,*current);
}
}
else
{
// Is it list?
if ( current->GetType() != wxT("list") )
{
// Not.
AppendIn(use_category,current->GetName(),wxPG_LABEL,(wxVariant&)*current);
}
else
{
// Yes, it is; create a sub category and append contents there.
wxPGId newCat = DoInsert(use_category,-1,new wxPropertyCategoryClass(current->GetName(),wxPG_LABEL));
SetPropertyValues( current->GetList(), newCat );
}
}
}
}
if ( !origFrozen )
{
m_pPropGrid->Thaw();
if ( this == m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
{
m_selected->UpdateControl(m_pPropGrid->m_wndPrimary);
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState property adding and removal
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Call for after sub-properties added with AddChild
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::PrepareSubProperties()
{
// TODO: When in 1.0.5, move extra stuff from AddChild to here.
wxPropertyGridState* state = GetParentState();
wxASSERT(state);
if ( !GetCount() )
return;
wxByte depth = m_depth + 1;
wxByte depthBgCol = m_depthBgCol;
wxByte inheritFlags = m_flags & wxPG_INHERITED_PROPFLAGS;
wxByte bgColIndex = m_bgColIndex;
wxByte fgColIndex = m_fgColIndex;
//
// Set some values to the children
//
size_t i = 0;
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* nparent = this;
while ( i < nparent->GetCount() )
{
wxPGProperty* np = nparent->Item(i);
np->m_flags |= inheritFlags; // Hideable also if parent.
np->m_depth = depth;
np->m_depthBgCol = depthBgCol;
np->m_bgColIndex = bgColIndex;
np->m_fgColIndex = fgColIndex;
// Also handle children of children
if ( np->GetParentingType() != 0 &&
((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)np)->GetCount() > 0 )
{
nparent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) np;
i = 0;
// Init
nparent->m_expanded = 0;
nparent->m_parentState = state;
depth++;
}
else
{
// Next sibling
i++;
}
// After reaching last sibling, go back to processing
// siblings of the parent
while ( i >= nparent->GetCount() )
{
// Exit the loop when top parent hit
if ( nparent == this )
break;
depth--;
i = nparent->GetArrIndex() + 1;
nparent = nparent->GetParent();
}
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Call after fixed sub-properties added/removed after creation.
// if oldSelInd >= 0 and < new max items, then selection is
// moved to it. Note: oldSelInd -2 indicates that this property
// should be selected.
void wxPGPropertyWithChildren::SubPropsChanged( int oldSelInd )
{
wxPropertyGridState* state = GetParentState();
wxPropertyGrid* grid = state->GetGrid();
PrepareSubProperties();
wxPGProperty* sel = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
if ( oldSelInd >= (int)m_children.GetCount() )
oldSelInd = (int)m_children.GetCount() - 1;
if ( oldSelInd >= 0 )
sel = (wxPGProperty*) m_children[oldSelInd];
else if ( oldSelInd == -2 )
sel = this;
if ( sel )
state->DoSelectProperty(sel);
if ( state == grid->GetState() )
{
if ( m_expanded )
grid->CalculateYs( GetParent(), m_arrIndex );
grid->Refresh();
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
int wxPropertyGridState::PrepareToAddItem( wxPGProperty* property,
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* scheduledParent )
{
wxPropertyGrid* propGrid = m_pPropGrid;
wxASSERT( propGrid );
int parenting = property->GetParentingType();
// This will allow better behaviour.
if ( scheduledParent == m_properties )
scheduledParent = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL;
if ( parenting > 0 )
{
/*
if ( scheduledParent )
wxLogDebug(wxT("scheduledParent= %s, %i"),
scheduledParent->GetName().c_str(), (int)scheduledParent->GetParentingType());
*/
// Parent of a category must be either root or another category
// (otherwise Bad Things might happen).
wxASSERT_MSG( scheduledParent == (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) NULL ||
scheduledParent == m_properties ||
scheduledParent->GetParentingType() > 0,
wxT("Parent of a category must be either root or another category."));
/*
wxASSERT_MSG( m_properties == &m_regularArray,
wxT("Do not add categories in non-categoric mode!"));
*/
// If we already have category with same name, delete given property
// and use it instead as most recent caption item.
wxPGId found_id = BaseGetPropertyByName( property->GetName() );
if ( wxPGIdIsOk(found_id) )
{
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pwc = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)wxPGIdToPtr(found_id);
if ( pwc->GetParentingType() > 0 ) // Must be a category.
{
delete property;
m_currentCategory = pwc;
return 2; // Tells the caller what we did.
}
}
}
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
// Warn for identical names in debug mode.
if ( property->GetName().length() &&
wxPGIdIsOk(BaseGetPropertyByName(property->GetName())) &&
(!scheduledParent || scheduledParent->GetParentingType() >= 1) )
wxLogError(wxT("wxPropertyGrid: Warning - item with name \"%s\" already exists."),
property->GetName().c_str());
#endif
// Make sure nothing is selected.
if ( propGrid && propGrid->m_selected )
{
bool selRes = propGrid->ClearSelection();
wxPG_CHECK_MSG_DBG( selRes,
-1,
wxT("failed to deselect a property (editor probably had invalid value)") );
}
property->m_y = -1;
if ( scheduledParent )
{
// Use parent's colours.
property->m_bgColIndex = scheduledParent->m_bgColIndex;
property->m_fgColIndex = scheduledParent->m_fgColIndex;
}
// If in hideable adding mode, or if assigned parent is hideable, then
// make this one hideable.
if (
( scheduledParent && (scheduledParent->m_flags & wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE) ) ||
( propGrid && (propGrid->m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_ADDING_HIDEABLES) )
)
property->SetFlag ( wxPG_PROP_HIDEABLE );
// Set custom image flag.
int custImgHeight = property->GetImageSize().y;
if ( custImgHeight < 0 /*|| custImgHeight > 1*/ )
{
property->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE;
}
if ( propGrid->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxPG_LIMITED_EDITING )
property->m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR;
if ( parenting < 1 )
{
// This is not a category.
wxASSERT_MSG( property->GetEditorClass(), wxT("Editor class not initialized!") );
// Depth.
//
unsigned char depth = 1;
if ( scheduledParent )
{
depth = scheduledParent->m_depth;
if ( scheduledParent->GetParentingType() != PT_CAPTION )
depth++;
}
property->m_depth = depth;
unsigned char greyDepth = depth;
if ( scheduledParent )
{
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pc;
if ( scheduledParent->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION )
pc = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)scheduledParent;
else
// This conditional compile is necessary to
// bypass some compiler bug.
pc = wxPropertyGrid::_GetPropertyCategory(scheduledParent);
if ( pc )
greyDepth = pc->GetDepth();
else
greyDepth = scheduledParent->m_depthBgCol;
}
property->m_depthBgCol = greyDepth;
// Add children to propertywithchildren.
if ( parenting < PT_NONE )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)property;
pwc->m_parentState = this;
pwc->m_expanded = 0; // Properties with children are not expanded by default.
if ( propGrid && propGrid->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN )
pwc->m_expanded = 1; // ...unless it cannot not be expanded.
if ( pwc->GetCount() )
{
pwc->PrepareSubProperties();
}
//
// If children were added prior to append, then this is considered
// a "fixed" parent (otherwise the PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY is set, see below,
// to mark it as customizable).
/*if ( pwc->GetCount() )
{
pwc->PrepareSubProperties();
}
else
{
pwc->m_parentingType = PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY;
}*/
}
}
else
{
// This is a category.
// depth
unsigned char depth = 1;
if ( scheduledParent )
{
depth = scheduledParent->m_depth + 1;
}
property->m_depth = depth;
property->m_depthBgCol = depth;
m_currentCategory = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)property;
wxPropertyCategoryClass* pc = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)property;
pc->m_parentState = this;
// Calculate text extent for caption item.
pc->CalculateTextExtent(propGrid,propGrid->GetCaptionFont());
}
return parenting;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::BeginAddChildren( wxPGId id )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) wxPGIdToPtr(id);
wxCHECK_RET( pwc, wxT("NULL property") );
wxCHECK_RET( pwc->GetParentingType() == PT_FIXEDCHILDREN, wxT("only call on properties with fixed children") );
pwc->m_parentingType = PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyContainerMethods::EndAddChildren( wxPGId id )
{
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*) wxPGIdToPtr(id);
wxCHECK_RET( pwc, wxT("NULL property") );
wxCHECK_RET( pwc->GetParentingType() == PT_CUSTOMPROPERTY, wxT("only call on properties for which BeginAddChildren was called prior") );
pwc->m_parentingType = PT_FIXEDCHILDREN;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::Append( wxPGProperty* property )
{
wxPropertyCategoryClass* cur_cat = m_currentCategory;
if ( property->GetParentingType() > 0 )
cur_cat = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) NULL;
return DoInsert( cur_cat, -1, property );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::DoInsert( wxPGPropertyWithChildren* parent, int index, wxPGProperty* property )
{
if ( !parent )
parent = m_properties;
wxPropertyGrid* propGrid = m_pPropGrid;
wxCHECK_MSG( parent->GetParentingType() != PT_NONE,
wxNullProperty,
wxT("this parent cannot accomodate children") );
wxCHECK_MSG( parent->GetParentingType() != PT_FIXEDCHILDREN,
wxNullProperty,
wxT("when adding properties to fixed parents, use BeginAddChildren and EndAddChildren.") );
int parenting = PrepareToAddItem( property, (wxPropertyCategoryClass*)parent );
// This type of invalid parenting value indicates we should exit now, returning
// id of most recent category.
if ( parenting > PT_CAPTION )
return wxPGIdGen(m_currentCategory);
// Note that item must be added into current mode later.
// If parent is wxParentProperty, just stick it in...
// If parent is root (m_properties), then...
// In categoric mode: Add as last item in m_abcArray (if not category).
// Add to given index in m_regularArray.
// In non-cat mode: Add as last item in m_regularArray.
// Add to given index in m_abcArray.
// If parent is category, then...
// 1) Add to given category in given index.
// 2) Add as last item in m_abcArray.
int parents_parenting = parent->GetParentingType();
if ( parents_parenting < 0 )
{
// Parent is wxParentingProperty: Just stick it in...
parent->AddChild2( property, index );
}
else
{
// Parent is Category or Root.
if ( m_properties == &m_regularArray )
{
// Categorized mode
// Only add non-categories to m_abcArray.
if ( m_abcArray && parenting <= 0 )
m_abcArray->AddChild2( property, -1, false );
// Add to current mode.
parent->AddChild2( property, index );
}
else
{
// Non-categorized mode.
if ( parent != m_properties )
// Parent is category.
parent->AddChild2( property, index, false );
else
// Parent is root.
m_regularArray.AddChild2( property, -1, false );
// Add to current mode (no categories).
if ( parenting <= 0 )
m_abcArray->AddChild2( property, index );
}
}
// category stuff
if ( parenting > PT_NONE )
{
// This is a category caption item.
// Last caption is not the bottom one (this info required by append)
m_lastCaptionBottomnest = 0;
}
// Only add name to hashmap if parent is root or category
if ( parent->GetParentingType() >= PT_CAPTION && property->m_name.length() )
m_dictName[property->m_name] = (void*) property;
m_itemsAdded = 1;
if ( propGrid )
propGrid->m_bottomy = 0; // this signals y recalculation
return wxPGIdGen(property);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridState::AppendIn( wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc,
const wxString& label,
const wxString& propname,
wxVariant& value )
{
wxPGProperty* p = wxPropertyContainerMethods::
CreatePropertyByType(value.GetType(),label,propname);
if ( p )
{
p->GetValueTypePtr()->SetValueFromVariant(p,value);
return DoInsert(pwc,-1,p);
}
return wxPGIdGen((wxPGProperty*)NULL);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::DoDelete( wxPGProperty* item )
{
wxCHECK_RET( item != &m_regularArray && item != m_abcArray,
wxT("wxPropertyGrid: Do not attempt to remove the root item.") );
size_t i;
int parenting = item->GetParentingType();
unsigned int indinparent = item->GetIndexInParent();
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* pwc = (wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)item;
wxCHECK_RET( item->GetParent()->GetParentingType() != -1,
wxT("wxPropertyGrid: Do not attempt to remove sub-properties.") );
if ( parenting > 0 )
{
// deleting a category
// erase category entries from the hash table
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* sp = pwc->Item( i );
if ( sp->GetName().Len() ) m_dictName.erase( wxPGNameConv(sp->GetName()) );
}
if ( pwc == m_currentCategory )
m_currentCategory = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) NULL;
if ( m_abcArray )
{
// Remove children from non-categorized array.
for ( i=0; i<pwc->GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty * p = pwc->Item( i );
wxASSERT( p != NULL );
if ( p->GetParentingType() <= PT_NONE )
m_abcArray->m_children.Remove( (void*)p );
}
if ( IsInNonCatMode() )
m_abcArray->FixIndexesOfChildren();
}
}
if ( !IsInNonCatMode() )
{
// categorized mode - non-categorized array
// Remove from non-cat array, but only if parent is in it
if ( parenting <= 0 && item->GetParent()->GetParentingType() == PT_CAPTION )
{
if ( m_abcArray )
{
m_abcArray->m_children.Remove( item );
}
}
// categorized mode - categorized array
item->m_parent->m_children.RemoveAt(indinparent);
item->m_parent->FixIndexesOfChildren(/*indinparent*/);
}
else
{
// non-categorized mode - categorized array
// We need to find location of item.
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* cat_parent = &m_regularArray;
int cat_index = m_regularArray.GetCount();
size_t i;
for ( i = 0; i < m_regularArray.GetCount(); i++ )
{
wxPGProperty* p = m_regularArray.Item(i);
if ( p == item ) { cat_index = i; break; }
if ( p->GetParentingType() > 0 )
{
int subind = ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p)->Index(item);
if ( subind != wxNOT_FOUND )
{
cat_parent = ((wxPGPropertyWithChildren*)p);
cat_index = subind;
break;
}
}
}
cat_parent->m_children.RemoveAt(cat_index);
// non-categorized mode - non-categorized array
if ( parenting <= 0 )
{
wxASSERT( item->m_parent == m_abcArray );
item->m_parent->m_children.RemoveAt(indinparent);
item->m_parent->FixIndexesOfChildren(indinparent);
}
}
if ( item->GetName().Len() ) m_dictName.erase( wxPGNameConv(item->GetName()) );
#ifdef __WXPYTHON__
// For some reason, Py_DECREF always crashes, even though we make
// matching Py_INCREF call in propgrid_cbacks.cpp. Maybe refcount is decremented
// somewhere automatically? Unlikely though...
//if ( item->m_scriptObject )
// Py_DECREF( item->m_scriptObject );
#endif
// We can actually delete it now
delete item;
m_itemsAdded = 1; // Not a logical assignment (but required nonetheless).
if ( this == m_pPropGrid->GetState() )
{
//m_pPropGrid->m_clearThisMany = 1;
m_pPropGrid->m_bottomy = 0; // this signals y recalculation
}
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridState init etc.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::InitNonCatMode()
{
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_VARIABLES
if ( !m_abcArray )
{
m_abcArray = new wxPGRootPropertyClass();
m_abcArray->SetParentState(this);
m_abcArray->m_expanded = wxPG_EXP_OF_COPYARRAY;
}
// Must be called when FROM_STATE(m_properties) still points to regularArray.
wxPGPropertyWithChildren* oldProperties = m_properties;
// Must use temp value in FROM_STATE(m_properties) for item iteration loop
// to run as expected.
m_properties = &m_regularArray;
// Copy items.
ITEM_ITERATION_INIT_FROM_THE_TOP
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_BEGIN
if ( parenting < 1 &&
( parent == m_properties || parent->GetParentingType() > 0 ) )
{
m_abcArray->AddChild2 ( p );
p->m_parent = &FROM_STATE(m_regularArray);
}
//else wxLogDebug("OUT: %s",p->m_label.c_str());
ITEM_ITERATION_DCAE_ISP_LOOP_END
m_properties = oldProperties;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridState::Clear()
{
m_regularArray.Empty();
if ( m_abcArray )
m_abcArray->Empty();
m_dictName.clear();
m_currentCategory = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) NULL;
m_lastCaptionBottomnest = 1;
m_itemsAdded = 0;
m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridState::wxPropertyGridState()
{
m_pPropGrid = (wxPropertyGrid*) NULL;
m_regularArray.SetParentState(this);
m_properties = &m_regularArray;
m_abcArray = (wxPGRootPropertyClass*) NULL;
m_currentCategory = (wxPropertyCategoryClass*) NULL;
m_selected = (wxPGProperty*) NULL;
m_lastCaptionBottomnest = 1;
m_itemsAdded = 0;
m_anyModified = 0;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridState::~wxPropertyGridState()
{
delete m_abcArray;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPropertyGridPopulator
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridPopulator::Init( wxPropertyGrid* pg, wxPGId popRoot )
{
WX_PG_GLOBALS_LOCKER()
m_propGrid = pg;
m_popRoot = popRoot;
wxPGGlobalVars->m_offline++;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPropertyGridPopulator::~wxPropertyGridPopulator()
{
//
// Free unused sets of choices
wxPGHashMapP2P::iterator it;
for( it = m_dictIdChoices.begin(); it != m_dictIdChoices.end(); ++it )
{
wxPGChoicesData* data = (wxPGChoicesData*) it->second;
data->m_refCount--;
if ( data->m_refCount < 1 )
delete data;
}
wxPGGlobalVars->m_offline--;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridPopulator::HasChoices( wxPGChoicesId id ) const
{
wxPGHashMapP2P::const_iterator it = m_dictIdChoices.find(id);
return ( it != m_dictIdChoices.end() );
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool wxPropertyGridPopulator::BeginChildren()
{
if ( wxPGIdIsOk(m_lastProperty) &&
wxPGIdToPtr(m_lastProperty)->CanHaveExtraChildren() )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("New Parent: %s"),wxPGIdToPtr(m_lastProperty)->GetLabel().c_str());
m_curParent = m_lastProperty;
return true;
}
return false;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
void wxPropertyGridPopulator::AddChoices(wxPGChoicesId choicesId,
const wxArrayString& choiceLabels,
const wxArrayInt& choiceValues)
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
// Make sure the id is not used yet
wxPGHashMapP2P::iterator it = m_dictIdChoices.find(choicesId);
wxCHECK_RET( it == m_dictIdChoices.end(),
wxT("added set of choices to same id twice (use HasChoices if necessary)") );
#endif
wxCHECK_RET( choicesId != (wxPGChoicesId)0,
wxT("choicesId must not be 0/NULL"));
wxPGChoices chs(choiceLabels,choiceValues);
wxPGChoicesData* data = chs.ExtractData();
m_dictIdChoices[choicesId] = (void*) data;
// Artifically reduce refcount to 0 (since nothing uses it yet)
//data->m_refCount = 0;
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridPopulator::DoAppend(wxPGProperty* p,
const wxString& value,
const wxString& attributes,
wxPGChoicesId choicesId,
const wxArrayString& choiceLabels,
const wxArrayInt& choiceValues)
{
wxASSERT( m_propGrid );
// Make sure m_curParent is ok
if ( !wxPGIdIsOk(m_curParent) )
{
if ( !wxPGIdIsOk(m_popRoot) )
m_popRoot = m_propGrid->GetRoot();
m_curParent = m_popRoot;
}
if ( p )
{
// Set choices
if ( choicesId )
{
wxPGHashMapP2P::iterator it = m_dictIdChoices.find(choicesId);
wxPGChoices chs;
if ( it != m_dictIdChoices.end() )
{
// Already found
wxPGChoicesData* foundData = (wxPGChoicesData*) it->second;
chs.AssignData(foundData);
}
else
{
chs.Set(choiceLabels,choiceValues);
m_dictIdChoices[choicesId] = (void*) chs.GetData();
}
p->SetChoices(chs);
}
// Value setter must be before append
if ( value.length() )
{
p->SetValueFromString(value,wxPG_FULL_VALUE);
}
// Set attributes
if ( attributes.length() )
wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyAttributes(p,attributes);
// Append to grid
m_propGrid->AppendIn(m_curParent,p);
m_lastProperty = p;
}
return wxPGIdGen(p);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridPopulator::AppendByClass(const wxString& classname,
const wxString& label,
const wxString& name,
const wxString& value,
const wxString& attributes,
wxPGChoicesId choicesId,
const wxArrayString& choiceLabels,
const wxArrayInt& choiceValues)
{
wxPGProperty* p = m_propGrid->CreatePropertyByClass(classname,label,name);
return DoAppend(p,value,attributes,choicesId,choiceLabels,choiceValues);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
wxPGId wxPropertyGridPopulator::AppendByType(const wxString& valuetype,
const wxString& label,
const wxString& name,
const wxString& value,
const wxString& attributes,
wxPGChoicesId choicesId,
const wxArrayString& choiceLabels,
const wxArrayInt& choiceValues)
{
wxPGProperty* p = m_propGrid->CreatePropertyByType(valuetype,label,name);
return DoAppend(p,value,attributes,choicesId,choiceLabels,choiceValues);
}
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink